+ All Categories
Home > Documents > POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by...

POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by...

Date post: 12-Jul-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 1 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
348
POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri, B.Sc.(Eng.), A.C.G.I. A thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy of the University of London and for the Diploma of Imperial College August 1978. Applied Mechanics Group, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Imperial College of Science & Technology, London SW7 2BX.
Transcript
Page 1: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT

by

Fusun Nadiri, B.Sc.(Eng.), A.C.G.I.

A thesis submitted for the degree of

Doctor of Philosophy

of the

University of London

and for the

Diploma of Imperial College

August 1978.

Applied Mechanics Group, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Imperial College of Science & Technology, London SW7 2BX.

Page 2: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

2

POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by

Fusun Nadiri

ABSTRACT

The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer melt

flow encountered in cable covering equipment. In this investigation, the

melt flow is assumed to be non-Newtonian, steady, laminar, viscous and

incompressible.

The finite element technique is used in solving the flow equations.

The complex geometry of the die and the low Reynolds number of the flow

made it more suitable to use the finite element method which is more

versatile and flexible than the finite difference procedure. The analysis

predicts the flow characteristics of polymer melts in various geometries

using a power-law constitutive equation. It solves for two-dimensional

problems of the harmonic type, using constant strain (rate) triangular

elements. In this analysis, flow in cylindrical shallow channels has

been treated using the lubrication approximation.

Experiments were performed on a three-layer head to study melt flow

in cable covering crosshead dies. Measurements included extruder screw

speed, pressures and temperatures. The polymers used in the experiments

were a crosslinking low density polyethylene and an ethylene/vinyl acetate

copolymer. Rheological tests were made with the polymers to study their

physical properties. The experimental results were compared with the FE

predictions.

Temperature development in pressure flows was studied.. The effect

of thermal conduction, convection and viscous dissipation on melt flow was

investigated. Deflector distortion due to the hydrostatic melt pressure

was also studied to see whether or not it had any significance. A method

of analysis was developed by which, given the required output, the die

could be designed for any cable covering application.

Predictions of non-Newtonian melt flow characteristics are useful in

the design and operation of cable'covering equipment. The flow analysis

techniques developed in this work can be used to help in the design of

crosshead dies.

Page 3: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- '3 -

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to express my deepest gratitude to Dr R.T. Fenner for all the

encouragement, guidance, stimulating discussions and helpful suggestions

he has offered consistently throughout the course of this work.

I offer my sincere thanks to Messrs E.T. Lloyd, L.M. Sloman,

F.T. White and A.E. Williamson of AEI Cables Limited for their practical

advice and many helpful suggestions. The assistance of Messrs G. Easterby,

J.E. Miller and G.R. Williamson in running the experiments is also

gratefully acknowledged. Special appreciation and thanks are offered to

Miss E.A. Quin for carefully typing this thesis.

Finally, I wish to thank AEI Cables Limited both for their generous

financial support and for making available the equipment on which the

experimental trials were carried out.

Page 4: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

To my husband, Soyer

Page 5: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

4

CONTENTS

Page

Abstract

2

Acknowledgements

3

Contents

4

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

9

1.1 The Cable Covering Process

9

1.2 Properties of Polymeric Materials

11

1.3 Theoretical Analysis in Relation to Practical Die

Design

13

1.4 Objectives of This Work

14

CHAPTER 2: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYMERS

16

2.1 Importance of Polymer Properties in Melt Flow

16

2.2 Measurement of Polymer Viscosity

16

2.2.1 Errors involved in viscosity data

18

2.2.2 Heat effects in capillary rheometers

20

2.2.3 Rabinowitsch shear rate correction

20

2.2.4 The power-law equation

21

2.3 Factors Affecting Polymer Viscosity

22

2.3.1 Effect of temperature

22

2.3.2 Effect of pressure

23

2.3.3 Effect of shear history

24

2.4 Effect of Temperature and Pressure on Other

Properties of Polymers

25

2.5 A Constitutive Equation for Polymer Melts

25

Page 6: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Page

CHAPTER 3: MATHEMATICAL MODEL FOR MELT FLOW IN CROSSHEAD DIES 28

3.1 Introduction 28

3.2 Crosshead Die Geometry

28

3.3 The Lubrication. Approximation 30

3.4 Lubrication Approximation Applied to Conservation

Equations 31.

3.5 Governing Flow Equations for Melt Flow in Crosshead

Dies 35

3.6 Boundary Conditions 37

CHAPTER 4: SOLUTIONS OF THE CROSSHEAD DIE FLOW EQUATIONS

4.1 Review of Existing Solutions

4.2 The Solution Procedure Used in This Work

4.3 The Method of Solution

4.4 Solution Procedure Used for Pressure Distribution

44

44

47

58

61

CHAPTER 5: MULTI-LAYER CABLE COVERING EXPERIMENTS 66.

5.1 Introduction 66

5.2 The Cable Covering Process in General 68

5.3 The Cable Covering Process Employed in the Trials 71

5.3.1 Crosslinking and semi-conducting materials 72

5.3.2 The extrusion crosshead 73

5.3.3 Experimental measurements and

instrumentation 74

5.3.4 Experimental procedure 76

5.4 Experimental Results 78

5.4.1 Polymer properties and data processing 82

Page 7: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-6

Page

5.4.2 Analysis of the experimental results 87

5.5 Finite Element Formulation of the Problem 89

5.5.1 Mesh generation 89

5.5.2 Convergence and accuracy 91

5.5.3 Computation of stream function values and

pressure distribution 91

5.5.4 Computation of residence time distribution 93

5.6 Comparison of Theory With the Experimental Results 94

5.6.1 Comparison of theoretical and experimental

thickness distributions 95

5.6.1.1 Effects of gravitational forces 96,

5.6.1.2 Effects of geometric imperfections 97

5.6.1.3 Thickness tolerances for high

voltage cables insulated with

crosslinked polyethylene 98

5.6.2 Comparison of theoretical and experimental

pressure distributions 100

5.6.2.1 Deflector distortion 103

5.7 Conclusions 103

CHAPTER 6: POSSIBLE CAUSES OF CABLE ECCENTRICITY 151

6.1 Introduction 151

6.2 Head Misalignment in Relation to the Catenary 152

6.3 Misalignment of the Crosshead Components 156

6.4 Theoretical Analysis of Deflector Distortion 159

6.5 Cable Eccentricity Due. to Gravitational Forces 166

6.5.1 Finite element formulation of a two-

dimensional biharmonic equation 169

Page 8: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-7

Page

6.6 Melt Elasticity Effects in Polymer Flow 177

6.6.1 Die swell 177

6.6.2 Melt fracture 179

CHAPTER 7: TEMPERATURE DEVELOPMENT IN PRESSURE FLOWS

192

7.1 Introduction 192

7.2 Basic Equations Defining the Problem 194

7.3 Dimensionless Parameters Describing Melt Flow and

Heat Transfer Characteristics 196

7.4 Thermal Boundary Conditions 200

7.5 Velocity Analysis 200

7.6 Temperature Analysis 203

7.7 Solution Procedure Used 207

7.7.1 Stability 208

7.8 Energy Balance 208

7.9 Results and Discussion 212

CHAPTER 8: USE OF THE METHOD OF ANALYSIS IN DESIGN 226

8.1 Introduction 226

8.2 Case Study 228

8.3 Deflector Design by Inversion of the Analysis 231

8.4 Discussion of Results 238

CHAPTER 9: GENERAL DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS

9.1 Discussion

9.2 Conclusions

259

259

262

Page 9: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 8

Page

APPENDICES

AI Representation of Cl, C2 and C3 in Terms of the

Nodal Point Values of Stream Function 266

A2 h2-Extrapolation Technique 269

A3 Pressure Drop Between Transducer and Melt Inlet

to the Deflector 271

A4 Derivation of the Equilibrium Equations for a Thin

Cylindrical Shell 275

A5 Derivation of the Differential Equations for the

Displacements of a Thin Cylindrical Shell 282

A6 Generation of a Circular Mesh of Triangular

Elements 285

Notation

287

References

301

Work Accepted for Publication:

"Finite Element Analysis of Polymer Melt Flow in Cable

Covering Crossheads"

Page 10: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

9

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 THE CABLE COVERING PROCESS

The polymer processing field is concerned with the conversion of

polymers into useful products. The most important polymer processing

technique today is the extrusion process which is one of shaping a

material by forcing it through a die. The cable covering process is used

to coat continuous lengths of wire, cable, tube and a variety of products

with a layer of extruded thermoplastic material. The extruders used are

usually of the ram or screw type, the latter being the more widely used.

The screw extruder efficiently and continuously converts solid polymer into

melt and pumps the very high viscosity melt through a die at high pressure.

The principle of operation of an extruder is that of a screw pump,

the action of which depends on the material in the screw channel being

dragged along by the surface of the barrel in which the screw rotates.

Although extruders are sometimes fed with melt, the polymer is normally

supplied in the form of pellets, chips, beads or powder. Such

plasticating extruders perform the function of melting in addition to

mixing and pumping. These machines extrude a tremendous variety of

products at high rates, including cables, wires, pipes, films, sheets,

paper coatings, monofilaments and various contoured profiles. On leaving

the screw, the melt is usually forced through a perforated breaker plate

or other mixing and filtering devices before reaching the die.

The function of an extrusion die is to form the molten material

delivered by the screw into a required cross-section. The die is a

channel whose profile changes from that of the extruder bore to an orifice

which produces the required form. The quality of the extruded product

Page 11: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 10 -

depends not only on the extruder and the material used, but also on the

efficiency of the die.

Extrusion dies may be attached to the extruder in three different

ways according to the requirements of the extrusion process. Straight-

through dies are those dies whose axes are in line with the direction of

supply of melt. They are commonly used for the extrusion of pipe, rod,

profiles and sheet. In some cases, a straight-through die is attached to

a curved feed channel to change the direction of take-off. This is used

for the extrusion of tubular and flat film.

Crosshead dies are arranged with their axes at an angle to their feed

supply, usually 90°, but 45° and 30° are also used. Dies of this form

are generally used for the production of insulated wires and cables, or in

other processes where it is necessary to introduce a continuous filament

to the die mandrel. With this type of die, it is possible to have ready

access to the upstream end of the die mandrel where heating or cooling or

other control or manipulation of this member is easily effected. Owing

to the use of side feed, there is no need for a spider assembly in the

production of hollow extrusions, but the unbalanced feed does introduce its

own problems.

Offset dies have been developed from crossheads. They are arranged

so that the material is made to change direction twice in an attempt to

compensate as far as possible for the imbalance resulting from the single

direction change which occurs in the ordinary crosshead. They are popular

for the production of pipe where the lack of a spider and also the ease of

applying temperature control to the mandrel improve the quality of the

product.

Although the systems of die attachments have been classified above

into three categories, each presumably being suited to one general type of

Page 12: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

extrusion, it is possible that all three systems may be adapted for the

production of any type of extruded product. The decision as to which

type is to be used in a particular case is usually determined by questions of convenience, space, the availability of equipment and the previous

experience of the operator. In this text, the term cable covering

equipment refers to cable covering dies. Although the melt flow analysis

has been made for crosshead dies in particular, the analysis should also

apply to other kinds of dies in general. For further descriptions of

extrusion and cable covering equipment and processing, the reader is

referred to the texts of Renfrew & Morgan (1960), McKelvey (1962), Griff

(1962), Jacobi (1963), Schenkel (1966), Tadmor &Klein (1970), Fenner

(1970), Bernhardt (1974), and Fisher (1976).

1.2 PROPERTIES OF POLYMERIC MATERIALS

The design of manufacturing and processing equipment requires

considerable knowledge of the processed materials and related compounds.

The continuous development of the modern process industries has made it

increasingly important to have information about the properties of

materials, including many new chemical substances whose physical properties have

never been measured experimentally. This is especially true of polymeric

materials. Polymers are composed of large molecules, usually consisting

of repeating chemical units called mers. In this context, the term

polymer refers primarily to thermoplastics and cross-linked polymers

(thermosets). Despite the macro-molecular nature of polymers, in this

work their melts are treated as continuous media and the continuum

mechanics equations are applied to the analysis of melt flow.

A distinctive feature of polymeric materials is that the properties

can be influenced decisively by the method of manufacturing and by

Page 13: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 12 -

processing. The properties are sensitive to the processing conditions;

for instance, they are greatly dependent on the degree of orientation

imparted. This is a direct consequence of the elasto-viscous nature of

the starting material. Due to the high viscosity of polymer melts, all

the molecular processes are greatly retarded. This means poor heat

conductivity and slow relaxation. There is a certain sensitivity to

thermal, mechanical or chemical degradation during processing.

In practice, most polymers are processed via a melt. The processing

technique involves four phases which are often closely connected:

1. 'Transportation' of the material to the forming section of the

processing machinery where transport properties are important.

2. 'Conditioning' of the material, by heating, to the forming process

where thermal properties are important.

3. 'Forming' of the material where rheological properties are

important.

4. 'Fixation' of the imposed shape where thermal, rheological and

especially transfer properties, like thermal conductivity, rate

of crystallization, etc., are important.

In each of these phases, the material is subject to changing

temperatures, changing external and internal forces and varying retention

times, all of which contribute to the ultimate structure. It is this

fluctuating character of the conditions in processing which makes it so

difficult to choose criteria for the processing properties.

The melt flow analysis of cable covering equipment involve mainly the

'forming' and 'fixation' phases where thermal, rheological and transfer

properties are of great importance. Unlike most conventional Newtonian

Page 14: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 13 -

fluids whose viscosities only vary with temperature and pressure, polymer

melts are non-Newtonian. Methods for estimating the properties of

polymers, in the solid, liquid and dissolved states, in cases where

experimental values are not available have been provided in the book of

van Krevelen (1972). This book also contains various tables on the

properties of polymers.

1.3 THEORETICAL ANALYSIS IN RELATION TO PRACTICAL DIE DESIGN

Practical die design is concerned with the construction of dies for

commercial extrusion where such factors as die cost in relation to the

length of run, ease of construction of the die and adapting it for the

production of other sections when it becomes redundant, ease of

dismantling for cleaning and cost of replacement of component parts, are

of great importance. The ease of handling Of an extrusion die and of

effecting the necessary adjustments, such as concentricity in a tube die,

have a great effect on the saleability of extrusion equipment.

Most cable covering equipment is operated and designed on the basis

of past experience. This approach is often satisfactory for known

materials and applications. With the introduction of new polymers and

processes, and the trend towards better quality products, trial-and-error

methods of design often prove to be extremely costly and time-consuming.

Many thermoplastic materials are heat sensitive and too high a

temperature or too long a residence time in a process will cause them to

degrade. The control of the temperature of a polymer melt involves, in

general, the prevention of any sharp temperature gradients. The residence

time is dependent on the design and construction of the extrusion equipment,

including the screw termination, the breaker plate and screen pack, the

die adaptor system and the die itself. Owing to the slowness of movement

Page 15: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 14 -

of the layer of melt which is in direct contact with the die walls, there

is a pronounced tendency for it to adhere to the metal surfaces and

eventually to degrade with dire consequences to the product. In order

to minimise this danger, it is desirable to design the die with narrow

channels so that the effects of the residence time distribution gradient

will be reduced. It is highly important that all changes of shape and

dimensions take place gradually to avoid steps and shoulders and other

obstructions to flow near the channel walls.

The theoretical analysis of melt flow in cable covering equipment is

quite complex due to the non-Newtonian flow properties and the coupled

thermal effects. Apart from predicting the output of the die, given the

general die geometry, theoretical analysis also serves to design a die to

give a required uniform output which is usually only achieved by means of

die-gap adjustment. The early attempts to analyse melt flow in cable

covering equipment were based on many simplifying assumptions which were

far from reality. Only with the aid of digital computers have more

realistic treatments been possible. New materials and processes can now

be examined far more rationally than by the practical trial-and-error

approach.

1.4 OBJECTIVES OF THIS WORK

The object of the work described in this thesis is to examine, both

theoretically and experimentally, polymer melt flow in cable covering

equipment. The emphasis is on the applications of the analysis of flow

of molten polymers. The aim is to obtain efficient methods of solving

practical industrial problems of die design, in particular the design of

multi-layer crosshead dies.

Experiments on a three-layer crosshead are reported which provide

Page 16: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 15 -

practical verification of the theoretical analyses. The predicted shape

of the extruded cable and the pressure drop in the die are compared with

the experimentally measured results and improvements made to the flow

analysis.

In addition to the treatment of melt flow, deflector distortion due

to the hydrostatic pressure in the die channel walls is analysed

theoretically. The problem of combining such an analysis with that of

melt flow is also considered. An attempt is made to investigate

temperature development in pressure flows. Finally, the use of the method

of analysis in die design is presented.

Page 17: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 16 -

CHAPTER 2

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYMERS

2.1 IMPORTANCE OF POLYMER PROPERTIES IN MELT FLOW

It is essential to know certain fundamental physical properties,

i.e viscosity, density, enthalpy and thermal conductivity, ideally as

functions of temperature and pressure, when analysing polymer melt flow.

Owing to the non-Newtonian flow properties of polymers, viscosity must

also be obtained as a function of the rate of deformation.

There is a considerable need for accurate polymer property data for

use in the analysis of extrusion and forming processes. As polymer

properties change with improved manufacturing processes and as new grades

replace old ones, these data must be revised. The current wide range of

commercially available polymers have made property measurement a major

industrial activity.

The accuracy and consequent usefulness of all melt flow calculations

are directly dependent on the quality of the property data used. It is

particularly important to use absolute property values which are

independent of the method of measurement and viscosity data frequently

suffer from this defect.

2.2 MEASUREMENT OF POLYMER VISCOSITY

Many methods have been devised to study the viscous properties of

polymers and they are discussed in the texts of Ei ri ch (1960) , Van Wazer et a1

(1963), Fredrickson (1964), Brydson (1970), and Walters (1975). Some of

the methods are highly empirical and do not lead to the quantitative

determination of fundamental data, whilst others are of little value with

polymer melts. For such melts, two types of instrument are of particular

Page 18: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 17 -

interest:

(a) Rotational rheometers

(b) Capillary rheometers

The most widely used for polymer melts under conditions relevant to

extrusion and cable covering processes is the capillary rheometer.

Briefly, this consists of a heated barrel at the bottom of which is

fitted a small die containing a capillary tube. The melt is forced

through this capillary by a piston, which is driven either at constant

speed or under constant pressure, inside the barrel. The apparatus is

maintained at a constant temperature, which is assumed to be the uniform

temperature of the melt. Measurements are made of volumetric flow rate,

Q, of the melt and reservoir pressure, P. In analysing the flow through

the capillary viscometer, the following assumptions are made:

i) There is no slip at the wall. There is evidence that, at high

shear rates and with high molecular weight polymers, slip

conditions prevail. Benbow et al (1963) and Westover (1966)

have shown that, under such conditions, the conventional analysis

is useless and flow curves derived from them have no validity.

Useful analyses for capillary flow in conditions where slip

occurs have, however, been proposed by Lupton & Regester (1965).

ii) The fluid is time-independent. If a material is time-

dependent, then it would be expected that, in passing through a

tube, the apparent viscosity of the melt would change.

iii) The'flow is steady and laminar.

iv) The melt is incompressible. At the low pressures used in most

Page 19: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

(2.1)

(2.2)

Ya 32Q

Tr D3

P D T = 4L

- 18 -

commercial viscometers (1500 lbf/in2 or less), the

compressibility of the polymer melt appears to be negligible.

At higher pressures, however, this effect can be more important,.

and the dependence of melt viscosity on pressure becomes quite

significant (see Section 2.3.2).

v) The flow is isothermal. Viscous drag will cause a frictional

heat build-up which will be proportional to the product of shear

stress and shear rate. Thus, under high shear conditions, such

as occur in injection moulding, a rise in temperature could be

as high as 20°C (see Brydson (1970)).

Using the assumptions above, the apparent shear rate and shear stress

at the wall can be determined, respectively, by the following expressions:

where D is the diameter, and L is the length of the capillary. The

apparent viscosity, pa, is then given by the simple ratio:

T

Ya

(2.3)

2.2.1 Errors Involved in Viscosity Data

The viscosity data obtained from capillary rheometer

experiments involve the following two errors:

Page 20: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 19 -

i) Reservoir pressure drop: Since the reservoir pressure is

measured at the piston, it depends on the volume of melt

remaining in the barrel. Therefore, to overcome any errors,

P should always be measured at the same position of the piston,

so that the reservoir pressure drop may be treated as part of

the capillary end correction. This procedure requires that

the reservoir be recharged after each test. This type of

error has been discussed in the literature by Metzger & Knox

(1965) and Ballman (1963).

ii) Capillary end correction: The mean pressure drop per unit

capillary length, P/L, should be the uniform pressure gradient

for the assumed fully-developed isothermal flow. The total

pressure drop, P, includes losses at the capillary inlet and

exit.

One way of avoiding end errors is to use a very long capillary,

which has a very large length-to-diameter ratio of at least 100. Such a

long capillary, however, requires high reservoir pressures, which influence

melt viscosity. A better method is to use two or more capillaries of the

same diameter but of different lengths. End errors may then be determined

by plotting reservoir pressure against capillary length at constant flow

rate and extrapolating to either zero length or zero pressure. Ram &

Narkis (1966) and Bagley (1957) have reviewed the literature on end

corrections in great detail. Duvdevani & Klein (1967), Van Wazer et al

(1963) and Schreiber (1966) have also considered these and other sources

of error.

Page 21: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

20 -

2.2.2 Heat Effects in Capillary Rheometers

High rates of shear cause a high energy dissipation and

therefore a temperature rise in the capillary. These temperature rises

caused in the melt give rise to local variations in viscosity. Brinkman

(1951) studied heat effects in capillary flow and predicted that the

temperature is highest near the walls of the capillary where the rate of

shear is highest. Martin (1967) has presented some analytical solutions

for viscometric flows with heat generation and showed that the viscosity

calculated from capillary rheometer measurements gives an accurate estimate,

even when viscous heating is significant.

2.2.3 Rabinowitsch Shear Rate Correction

Equation (2.1) gives the true shear rate at the capillary wall

for a Newtonian melt. Rabinowitsch (1929) derived a correction for non

Newtonian flow behaviour which is given by several authors, including

Van Wazer et al (1963), Schreiber (1966), Duvdevani & Klein (1967),

Ballman (1963), Metzger & Knox (1965), Ram & Narkis (1966) and Bagley

(1957). The correction is based on the following assumptions:

(a) The flow is axial with a velocity which is a function of

radial position only.

(b) There is no slip at the wall.

(c) The shear rate at any point is a function only of the shear

stress at that point.

The true shear rate at the wall is then given by:

Y (31i' f .1)

Ya (2.4)

4n'

Page 22: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 21 -

where: d(ln t) d(ln ya)

(2.5)

This result requires the evaluation of n at each shear rate

and, since differentiation of experimental results is an extremely

unreliable procedure, true shear rates are rarely quoted. If, however,

the melt obeys the power-law equation, then n' = n and the correction

factor is constant over reasonably wide ranges of shear rate, which

greatly simplifies its use.

The true viscosity may be determined as:

u 411 1 p

a

3n'+1 (2.6)

2.2.4 The Power-Law Equation

It has been experimentally observed that, for most polymers,

the relationship between shear stress and shear rate can be represented,

over limited ranges of shear rate, by a power-law equation of the form:

= C n Y (2.7)

or: p _ C yn-1 (2.8)

where C, and to a much lesser extent n, are functions of temperature and

pressure. The above two equations are normally valid over shear rate

ranges of at least one decade. When considering a specific process, the

range of interest is usually limited and, therefore, no serious errors

would be introduced. For example, the relevant shear rate range in

Page 23: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 22

extrusion equipment is 10-100 s 1.

2.3 FACTORS AFFECTING POLYMER VISCOSITY.

The ease of flow depends on the mobility of the molecular chains and

the forces holding the molecules together. It is widely known that an

increase in temperature will reduce viscosity. The influence of

environmental pressure and shearing history of the polymer melt are much

less well known and it is only in recent years that their importance has

begun to be appreciated. These influences are discussed in some detail

below.

2.3.1 Effect of Temperature

It is well established that, for liquids which show Newtonian

behaviour, viscosity and temperature may be related by an Arrhenius

equation of the form:

u = A eE/ (2.9)

where A is a constant which is a function of pressure and shear rate, E is

the activation energy, R is the universal gas constant, and T is the

absolute temperature. It has been concluded by Porter & Johnson (1966),

after reviewing the existing literature, that, for many polymers, equation

(2.9) agrees well with experimental results over ranges of temperature of

about 30°C. Over this range, the following more empirical equation

describes the experimental results which is also more convenient to use

than equation (2.9):

n-1 = uo J~

Yo Y exp (— b Or — T0)) (2.10)

Page 24: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-23-

where uo is the effective viscosity at reference shear rate, Yo, and

reference temperature, To, and b is the temperature coefficient of

viscosity at constant shear rate.

It has been shown by Martin (1967) that, if the melt obeys

equation (2.10), then capillary rheometer results provide accurate

estimates of n and b, even when viscous heating is significant.

2.3.2 Effect of Pressure

The dependence of melt viscosity on pressure is normally

approximated by:

u = B exp (a p) (2.11)

where p is the pressure, a is the pressure coefficient of 'viscosity, and

B is a function of temperature and shear rate. Therefore the power-law

equation would become:

n-1 Y exp (- b (T -

Y0

uo 0 4-a p) (2.12)

where a is defined at constant shear rate.

The experimental determination of a is difficult and,

consequently, it has been attempted by only a few people, including

Maxwell & Jung (1957), Westover (1960), Semjonow (1965) and Hellwege et

al (1967). Duvdevani & Klein (1967) have also attempted to obtain values

of a from conventional capillary rheometer results and they quote a as

approximately 4.4 m2/GN for polyethylene. It is evident, even from the

very limited results quoted, that the pressure dependence of viscosity

should be included in the analysis of extrusion processes (with pressures

up to, say, 35 MN/m2), particularly for the more pressure-sensitive polymers.

Page 25: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-24-

2.3.3 Effect of Shear History

The viscosity of certain polymer solutions changes with time

as the liquids are stirred at constant shear rate. The possibility of

shear history effects, both irreversible and reversible, was recognised

by early workers in the field of polymer melt flow measurement, for

example, the change in viscosity on shearing natural. rubber. Irreversible'

effects are usually due to either cross-linking or chain scission. Such

changes may be caused by oxidation or mechanico-chemical processes. In

general, to minimise these effects, it is desirable to use samples which,

prior to being charged into the rheometer barrel have had similar shear

and heat histories.

It has been suggested by some workers that (see Brydson (1970)),

if a capillary experiment is carried out and the extrudate collected, cut

up and re-extruded, in the case of polyethylene there is a negligible

change in flow properties. Whilst this may be true at shear rates below

the critical shear rate, at higher shear rates, it has been noted by

Howells & Benbow (1962) that, in the case of polyethylene, pre-shearing

reduces the amount of elastic turbulence and also reduces the viscosity by

a factor of two. Since corresponding decreases in molecular weight were

not observed, the indications were that this was a chain disentanglement

effect. This explanation is supported by the fact that heating of the

polyethylene samples for several hours at 190°C causes reversal of the

effect (Brydson (1970)). Such heating would be expected to cause

molecular movements, leading eventually to a state of entanglement similar

to that of the original melt.

Page 26: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-25-

2.4 EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE ON OTHER PROPERTIES OF POLYMERS

Andersson & Backstrom (1973). have shown that the thermal conductivity

of polyethylene increases with pressure, while the specific heat decreases

at low pressures. There is very little published data on the influence

of temperature on thermal conductivity, although, for a number of polymers,

the temperature dependence appears to be small (Bil' & Avtokratova (1966)).

The densities of polymer melts depend on both temperature and pressure.

Kanavets & Batalova (1965) have studied the thermal expansion and

compressibility of thermoplastics. They showed that the compressibility

of amorphous and crystalline polymers, between pressures of from 50 to

1200 kgf/cm2 with rise in temperature, increases particularly above the

glass transition temperature. For example, in polyethylene at 100°C and

500 kgf/cm2, the compressibility is about 0.5%, and at 150°C about 3%.

Under processing conditions, however, in particular extrusion and cable

covering, the variation of density with pressure and temperature is usually

small.

Neglecting pressure dependence, the enthalpy of most polymer melts is

an approximately linear function of temperature over quite wide

temperature ranges. Enthalpy is an important property which is relevant

to thermal convection in the conservation of energy equation.

2.5 A CONSTITUTIVE EQUATION FOR POLYMER MELTS

The relationship between shear stress and shear rate is known as the

constitutive equation for the material, and involves the influence of

temperature and pressure. The most general relation for an inelastic,

homogeneous and isotropic fluid (i.e. its properties are not explicitly

dependent on position and direction, respectively), the Reiner-Rivlin

fluid, can be shown under isothermal conditions (see, for example, Serrin

Page 27: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-26-

(1959)) to have the form:

t. = — p aid + n1 ein + n2 eik e (i, = 1, 2, 3) (2.13)

kj

where p is the isotropic dynamic pressure, n1 and n2 are generalised

viscosity and cross-viscosity, respectively, and 6i is the Kronecker

delta defined by:

a

i3

= 1 if i = j

a = o if i j ij

A precise thermodynamic definition of p is difficult; for a fluid at rest

it becomes the hydrostatic pressure. For an incompressible fluid, p is

arbitrary as far as the constitutive equation is concerned (see Aris

(1962)).

The material properties n1 and n2 are arbitrary scalar functions of

temperature, pressure and the three principal invariants of ei:

= eli

I2 = e13 ei3

I = det le..) sj

(2.14)

(2.15)

(2.16)

where 'det' means the determinant of the enclosed matrix. Therefore, the

parameters n1 and n2 can be represented as:

= n1(II , 12 , 13 , T , p) (2.17)

n2 = n2(I1 ,

i2 , I3 , pJ (2.18).

Page 28: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

(2.21) g = ij

expressed as the sum of symmetric and anti-sryntiuet

-27-

Equation (2.13) describes inelastic polymer melt flow behaviour,

taking account only of the response to the local instantaneous rate of

deformation. Melt elasticity is essentially a 'memory' effect, depending

on the deformation history of the particular fluid element. In extrusion

processes, however, elasticity is generally not important as the melts are

subjected to large rates of deformation for relatively long times.

Pearson (1966) has proposed more complex constitutive equations to take

account of elastic effects, but these are difficult if not impossible to

use.

Having stated a general constitutive equation (equation (2.13)) for',

polymer melts, the generalised viscosities n and n2 must be correlate

ar as possible with the viscosity data obtained from the capilla

rheometer experiments. Assuming the polymer melt to be locally

incompressible, equation (2.14) becomes:

I I = 0

Neglecting the pressure dependence of viscosity, equations (2.17) and

(2.18) become:

n1 = n 1(I2, I3, T) (2.19)

n2 = n2 (I2, I3,T1 (2.20)

The local velocity gradient tensor gi can be expressed in Cartesian

coordinates as:

Page 29: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-27a-

= , (gi gni) fJē (gam

= wij

where wij

is the rate of rotation tensor, and ei is the rate of

deformation tensor:

ei. = (gi0 g~ i)

g '0 2

(2.22)

(2.23)

The only non-zero velocity gradient in capillary flow is

gzr = dvz/dr, where r and z are the radial and axial coordinates,

respectively. Therefore, from equation (2.16), I3 = 0, and from equations

(2.15) and (2.23):

dv = ( z) 2

at the capillary wall

(2.24)

12 dr

= (y)2

Using equation (2.13), the wall shear stress is given by:

T = tzr = n1 (*Y2, 0,T) Z (2.25)

Comparing this result with the power-law equation (2.10):

n-1

n1(I23 0, T) = 2uo exp (- b or — T0)) (2.26) Yo

In the subsequent analysis, the melt flows are predominantly shear flows,

in which 13 = 0 and n2 is not important. Hence,-equation (2.26) is an

appropriate form of constitutive equation.

Page 30: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-28-.

CHAPTER 3

MATHEMATICAL MODEL FOR MELT FLOW IN CROSSHEAD DIES

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The type of polymer melt flow encountered in cable covering crossheads

is essentially flow in relatively shallow channels. In this chapter, an

attempt will be made to set up a mathematical model which will describe the

flow. Having selected a suitable coordinate system, it is possible to

write down the governing flow equations. Given the relevant boundary

conditions and the constitutive equation. of the melt, in principle, a

solution of these fully three-dimensional equations can be found. In

practice, however, we must simplify the problem by making many assumptions.

3.2 CROSSHEAD DIE GEOMETRY

The particular problem to be considered is that of flow in crosshead

dies used in the covering of high-voltage electrical cables. It is not

uncommon for a single head unit to be used to apply two or three layers of

different materials during one pass of the conductor. For example, in

the trials used to test the present method of analysis, explained in

Chapter 5, three layers were applied to a tape-covered stranded copper

conductor. For each layer, the problem is to design a system of flow

channels which accepts a side-fed supply of melt and distributes it into

a tube of uniform thickness which is then extruded as part of the cable.

Figure 3.1 shows one commonly used form of arrangement for attempting

to achieve the desired uniformity. A narrow radial gap between concentric

cylindrical and conical surfaces, the outer members of which have been

removed for illustration purposes, serves to distribute the melt. As the

melt tends to take the shortest path from the inlet to the channel exit,

Page 31: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 29 -

this path is deliberately blocked by a.heart-shaped area which fills the

radial gap and forces the melt flow to follow longer paths of more uniform

length. The cylindrical portion of the component shown is known as the

deflector, while the subsequent conically tapered portion is termed the

point. Channel geometry and therefore the flow are intended to be

symmetrical about the centre line of the heart-shaped blockage.

Assuming that the channel depth, h, is small compared to the mean

radius of the deflector, it is often reasonable to assume that the channel.

may be unrolled. Figure 3.2 shows the shape of one half of the flow

channel unrolled and plotted on the z,e plane, z being the axial coordinate

and a the angular coordinate measured from the line of symmetry through

the flow inlet. The region bounded by points A, B, C and D is on the

deflector, while that bounded by C, D, E and F is on the point, as

indicated in Figure 3.1. Also shown in the flow channel are some

triangular finite elements which are discussed later. Clearly, flow

paths between the inlet boundary AB and outlet EF are of reasonably

uniform length. It should be noted that the channel depth is often

reduced by tapering in the axial direction in both the deflector and point

regions. Indeed, in the deflector region, the channel depth may also be

varied in the circumferential direction to improve the flow distribution.

Figure 3.3a shows the cross-section of a typical die in the r-z plane

where r is the mean radius of the flow channel and h is the local channel

depth normal to the channel boundaries. Ld and p are the lengths of the

deflector and point regions, respectively, L being the overall length and

a the angle of inclination of a typical portion of channel to the z-axis.

Page 32: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-30-

3.3 THE LUBRICATION APPROXIMATION

Provided a channel containing a flowing melt can be described as

narrow, the analysis of the flow may be treated in a relatively simple

manner. A narrow channel is one in which one of the channel dimensions,

normal to the direction of flow, is small compared to the other two

dimensions, and only varies slowly over the region of interest. In the

present context of cable covering crossheads, the radial depth of the

channel is small compared to its axial and circumferential dimensions, and

only varies slowly in these directions.

Figure 3.3a shows a typical axial cross-section through the flow

channel. The channel depth, h, is small, such that:

h « r h « L (3.1)

r and L being the mean radius and overall axial length, respectively, and

h is subject to only small local variations:

laand « 1 Ir DO 1 (3.2)

Pearson (1962,1966,1967) has shown that such conditions are necessary for

the lubrication approximation to be applicable, which means that the flow

can be treated as locally fully developed between flat parallel surfaces,

provided the Peclet and Reynolds numbers which are based on h are small.

As far as channel taper is concerned, Benis (1967) investigated isothermal

flows in channels of varying gap, both theoretically and experimentally,

and concluded that the lubrication approximation holds for taper angles up

to 10° ph/az = 0.2).

Pearson (1967) formalised the approximation procedure by a

Page 33: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 31 -

perturbation approach, and showed that the resulting uniform flow is a

valid first approximation to the flow of an elastic non-Newtonian fluid

in.a narrow channel. Neglecting geometric terms, including curvature and

gap variation, melt inertia and elastic effects (Pearson (1967)), the only

effect likely to invalidate the lubrication approximation is that due to

thermal convection. For present purposes, however, the flow is assumed

to be isothermal in the sense that any temperature variations within the

flow do not affect velocity profiles. Justification for this assumption

is provided in Chapter 7.

Application of the full lubrication approximation in the z-direction

assumes that velocity and temperature profiles are fully developed (see

Fenner (1970)). The first condition in equation (3.2) makes this

assumption reasonable for velocity profiles (except for their dependence

on developing temperature profiles); however, it is not generally valid

for temperature profiles. Pearson (1967) and Yates (1968) showed that the

full lubrication approximation is only marginally justified in many

extruders. At worst, the full lubrication. approximation provides.

estimates for the maximum temperature rise at any point in the flow and

the minimum rate of heat generation. In contrast, the "isothermal

condition provides an estimate of the maximum rate of heat generation.

It assumes that velocity profiles are independent of temperature profiles.

3.4 LUBRICATION APPROXIMATION APPLIED TO CONSERVATION EQUATIONS

The continuum mechanics equations governing melt flow are those of

conservation of mass, momentum and energy. These can be concisely

expressed in tensor notation, as shown in the texts of McKelvey (1962)

and Pearson (1966). The rate of deformation tensor may be represented

by ei j, where•

Page 34: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-32-

1 av. av . ei j = .

v. being the local velocity component in the x. coordinate direction.

Assuming that the density of the melt is locally constant, the continuity

equation for conservation of mass reduces to:

e.. 3.4)

Using, for example, cartesian coordinates x, y and z with corresponding

velocities u, v and w, respectively, and applying the lubrication .

approximation in the z-direction to velocities, which assumes that

velocities are fully developed in the z-direction, then:

= u(x,y). , v = v(x,y) , w = w(x,y) (3.5)

and the continuity equation (3.4) becomes:

au ax

4.av o ay (3.6)

The conservation of momentum involves a balance between inertia,

viscous, pressure and body forces. In comparison with viscous and

pressure forces, it can be assumed that body forces, such as those due to

gravity, are negligible. Due to the low Reynolds numbers associated with

melt flows, it may also be assumed that inertia effects are likewise

negligible. The equations for conservation of momentum therefore reduce

to:

ap ax . 1

3.7)

3.3) axe ax2

Page 35: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

ax ax ay

= aT aT

XX f xY (3.8

-33-

where p is the local hydrostatic pressure, and T2. the viscous stress

tensor. Applying the lubrication approximation in the z-direction to

velocities, the equilibrium equations (3.7) become:

aT aT _ + YY (3.9)

ay ax ay

aT aT 22.= Pry = zx f zy (3.10) az

ax ay

where the pressure gradient, z, is independent of x and y.

The conservation of energy equation, for steady flow and locally

constant thermal conductivity, k, and specific heat at constant pressure,

Cp, can be written as:

DT _ z

p p v. p k a 2 t T. e. 2 ax. la 2

(3.11)

where T is temperature, and p is density. Owing to the presence of

significant convection terms in equation (3.11), it is much less reasonable

to apply the lubrication approximation in the z-direction to temperatures.

If, however, it is assumed that temperatures are fully developed in the

z-direction, then:

T = T(x,y) (3.12)

and the energy equation reduces to:

Page 36: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 34 -

aT aT k a2T a2T au ~+ p C

p (u - + v -J = (-+-J + 1" - + 1"

ox oy ox2 ay2 xx ox yy ay

(o u + ~J ow aw (3.13) 1" + 1" - + 1" xy ay oX yz ay zx ax

The equations can be further simpl ified if the lubrication

approximation is applied in the x-direction. Thus, equations (3.5) and

(3.12) reduce to:

u = u(yJ v = 0 w = wry) (3.14)

T = T(y) (3.15)

and therefore the equilibrium equations (3.8) to (3.10) and the energy

equation (3.13) reduce to:

?£ oX

£ ay

p z

= p x

= 0

= ~ (3.16) ay

(3.17)

(3.18)

au aw -1" --1" -

xy ay yz ay (3.19)

Page 37: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-35-

3.5 GOVERNING FLOW EQUATIONS FOR MELT FLOW IN CROSSHEAD DIES

The analysis which follows is similar to that originally presented by

Pearson (1962) extended to allow for conical channel geometry. At a

particular point in the flow channel, the local velocity profile is of the

form shown in Figure 3.3b. Let this resultant profile be in the direction

s, which in general is neither axial nor circumferential, and let v(y) be

the velocity. The local radial coordinate, y, is measured from the mid-

surface of the channel, itself a distance r from the axis. If V is the

local mean velocity and Qs

is the volumetric flow rate per unit width

normal to the s-direction, then:

Qs = f v dy = h V - h

(3.20)

r.

The form of the velocity profile depends on the non-Newtonian viscous

properties of the melt concerned. For practical purposes, a power-law

constitutive equation relating shear stress, T, to shear rate, y, is

generally the most useful (see equations (2.7) and (2.8)):

T = uo Yo (3.21)

where n is the power-law index, and uo is the reference viscosity at the

processing temperature and reference shear rate, Such Such a relationship

provides a good fit of rheological data over comparatively wide ranges of

shear rate. Given the constitutive equation and using the lubricatiofl

approximation, the relationship between flow rate and pressure gradient

the 8-direction may be d *tve __ ws:

v n-1 dv = y~ = PO (Y (3.22a)

Page 38: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-35a-

For fully developed flow:

a P = = _SE s as

By

Therefore, since the velocity profile is symmetrical about y = 0:

Tsy = s y

Combining equations (3.22a) and (3.22c):

h o dv n-1 dv _ n-1 141 s Y

Yo

(3.22b)

(3.22c)

(3.22d)

Considering the region y 0, dv/dy < 0 and Ps < 0. Hence:

n-1

dv _ - (yo ( s))1/n 111/n = - C y1/n (3.22e)

uo

where:

n-1

PO

Integrating equation (3.22e) gives:

1/n+I _ v = 1 y + B

-- + 1 n

where B is the constant of integration. Assuming that there is no slip

at the wall:

v = 0 at

Therefore:

1 C ((~)1/n+1 - y1/n+1)

—+1 n

(3.22g)

_ h 2

Page 39: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 35b -

Using equation (3.20):

h/2 = 1 2C h) 1/nr-2 = 2 f v ~

~

o n +2 (3:22h)

Substituting equation (3.22f) into equation (3.22h):

n-1 2n2nn 1

Qs 6) 1/n+ 0 2 = ~ " 8)) 1/n

- Ps

- P s

=

=

u0

2n+1 2n + 1 n n 1 1 2 2n ! Qs uo h

+1 /2n + 1)n ( Qs 22n Q u

n-1 yo 0

)n-1 1

2n s o h2 h3

Therefore: Ps = as

Qs u

h3 (3.22)

Page 40: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-36-

where:

1 ( '2n )n 22n+1 2n + 1

and iris the viscosity at the .mean shear rate, V/h:

( Qs )n-1 h2 Y

0

(3.23)

(3.24)

Figure 3.3c shows a typical small portion of the flow channel

inclined at an angle a to the axis of the conductor. Let x be the

coordinate along the channel in the axial plane, and let Qx and Qe be the

volumetric flow rates in the rand circumferential directions, per unit

length in the circumferential and x directions, respectively.

Conservation of mass in incompressible steady flow requires that:

(Qx + dQx) (r + dr) de - Qx r de + (Q0 + dQe) dx - Q0. dx =

a ax

aQ r Qx) +

6 = 0 (3.25)

.

ae

which is essentially an integral form of equation (3.6). This equation

is automatically satisfied by the following stream function, 11,:

ae Qe ax 3.26)

.Now, using equations (3.22) to (3.24), the pressure gradients in the x and

e directions are given by:

Qs u ax h3

_ ae

r Qe u

h3

(3.27)

Page 41: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-37-

where the resultant flow rate used in evaluating u is given by:.

Qs 2 Qx 2+ Q B2 (3.28)

From the fact that the pressure, p, must satisfy the mathematical identity:

36 (2x) āx (aē) = 0

can be derived the result:

3 ( u

- .

arm) } a (r u

-

arm,) 30 r h3 ae ax

h3 3x

(3.29)

(3.30)

The most convenient coordinates to use for the analysis of a complete

flow channel are z and 0 rather than x and e. As z = x cos a, equations

(3.30) and (3.28) become:

( u

- a

") + cos a a

(r u cos a arm') = 0 (3.31)' ae r h3 ae az h3 az

Q (r aē2 + āz s2 =

)2 ) (cos a (3.32)

3.6 BOUNDARY CONDITIONS

In order to solve the conservation equations, the. appropriate boundary

conditions must be specified. Applying the lubrication approximation,

there is only one non-zero velocity component, namely, v in the s-direction

(see Figure 3.3b), which is a function of y only. Assuming the melt does

not slip at the channel walls, the velocity boundary conditions are:

Page 42: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 38 -

at = r-2 and y = r2 (3.33)

Slip is likely to occur when the shear stress at the interface exceeds a

certain value (Fenner (1970)). Shear stresses generated in cable covering

dies are relatively low as compared to wire coating dies where the speeds

are much higher. In view of the very high shear stresses generated in

wire-coating dies, it might be concluded that slip often occurs. However,

the probable connection between slip and melt fracture and the fact that

successful die designs are those that avoid melt fracture, as discussed by

Hammond (1960), means that slip is presumably also avoided.

Thermal boundary conditions may involve both temperatures and first

derivatives of temperature with respect to the coordinate normal to the

boundary (see Figure 3.4). At the die wall, it is reasonable to assume

that there is a good thermal contact between the melt and metal surfaces:

T = Tb(z) on Y = ±2

(3.34)

where Tb is the temperature of the inner surface of the die wall.

Assuming a fully developed temperature profile:

aT = ay

0 on y = 0 (3.35)

Since the convection terms in equation (3.11) allow for development

of temperatures in the directions of flow, it is necessary in general to

specify some initial temperature profile at the beginning of the region

where the melt flow is to be analysed. The simplest form of temperature

profile at inlet can be assumed to be:

Page 43: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 39 -

(3.36)

where T1 is a constant.

Page 44: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Point

Melt. in

Figure 3.1: Typical deflector and point used inside a cable covering crosshead

Page 45: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

=TT

52

27

z=

Figure 3.2: One half of the flow channel plotted on the (z,e) plane, showing a mesh of triangular finite elements

Page 46: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 42 -

h

\\\\\A\\\\\\ /////11//////,

Lp

(a) Typical axial cross-section

(b) Local velocity profile over the (c) Typical inclined portion of channel depth

Figure 3.3: Flow channel geometry and coordinates

the flow channel

Page 47: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

\\\\.\T (x , t 2 . h l t

T b \\\\\\\

T (o,y)= T1

- 43 -

\\\\\ T (X, -2 h) =Tb \\\\

L

Figure 3.4: Flow channel between flat parallel surfaces

Page 48: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-44-

CHAPTER 4

SOLUTIONS OF THE CROSSHEAD DIE FLOW EQUATIONS.

4.1 REVIEW OF EXISTING SOLUTIONS

From the literature, it has appeared that very little published work

exists on the analysis of cable covering die performance. Axisynmetric

wire coating flows have been studied by some authors, including Ferrari

(1964) and Hammond (1960), who described rather empirical approaches to

die design, based largely on the need to avoid melt fracture,

i.e. extrudate roughness. Bernhardt (1974) gave exact solutions for drag

flow in wire coating dies and McKelvey (1962) gave a very simple treatment

for Newtonian fluids. Bagley & Storey (1963) presented exact solutions

for shear rates and velocities in Newtonian flow. Fenner & Williams

(1967) solved simplified wire coating die flow equations with the help of

numerical methods and digital computing. The results gave pressure

profiles, tension in the wire and maximum shear stresses. A finite

element method was used by Fenner (1974) to compute the relationship

between pressure drop and flow rate for a conical wire coating die.

Recently, finite element methods have been applied by various authors

to continuum mechanics problems. Palit & Fenner (1972) used a finite

element approach to solve isothermal slow channel flow of power-law fluids.

The fully developed flow was normal to the channel cross-section. The

method and results were compared with a finite difference method for

rectangular channels and with exact solutions for the Newtonian case.

They also applied the finite element technique to isothermal incompressible

two-dimensional slow flows of power-law fluids. Examples considered were

rectangular and axisymmetric converging channel flows, recirculating flows

in rectangular channels and flow round cylinders. Results were

Page 49: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-45-

successfully compared with both finite difference and analytical solutions.

Hami (1977) has studied non-Newtonian, isothermal flows for extruder .

channels, using a power-law model for shear-rate dependence of viscosity.

He has also considered the non-isothermal flow problem involving thermal

conduction.and heat dissipation.

In the limited amount- of literature available on the solution of die

flow equations, the most successful attempts were made by Pearson '(1963),

Gutfinger, Broyer & Tadmor (1974) and Ito (1974). Pearson (1962,1963,

1966) provided a mathematical analysis of the die design problem for a

power-law fluid. He solved for two-dimensional model by introducing a

stream function which led to a partial differential equation of the form

shown in equation (3.31). He adopted the shallow channel approximation

and developed a numerical technique for designing a crosshead die to give

uniform outflow at the die lips. The flow was assumed to be isothermal

and incompressible and the channel depth around the inner die body was

taken to be the variable at the designer's disposal. Laminar flow of

power-law fluids through shallow three-dimensional channels of varying gap

was considered by Benis (1967). By means of a perturbation'scheme, he

showed that the shallow channel approximation.will begin to break down

when the local channel angle becomes of the order of l0°. The theory

used by Benis (1967) for computing flow patterns in non-uniform channels

follows closely that presented by Pearson (1962,1966). Gutfinger et al

(1974) analysed a crosshead die, which had already been analysed by Pearson

(1963), using the. Flow Analysis Network (FAN) method. FAN is a finite

element method which was developed to solve isothermal two-dimensional

viscous non-Newtonian flow problems in relatively narrow gaps with smoothly

varying separation. Numerically, it involves only the simultaneous

solution of sets of linear algebraic equations. The method is described

Page 50: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 46 -

in detail in the paper of Broyer, Tadmor & Gutfinger (1974). Given the

polymer rheological properties and the die geometry, the flow streamlines

in the die and the flow rate uniformity at exit can be calculated for any

given head pressure. Ito (1974) has also analysed the flow of polymer

melt inside a crosshead die and presented a method of designing a die to

extrude products of uniform thickness. He obtained the shear rate at the

die lip wall which he related to the quality of the extrudate which was to

be within specified limits.

The procedures for solving numerically laminar flow problems that may

be described by the Navier-Stokes equations are discussed by Atkinson et

al (1967). Atkinson et al (1969,1970) used a FE method to analyse two-

dimensional Newtonian flows. While they used triangular elements, they

assumed a modified cubic variation of stream function over each element.

As Zienkiewicz (1971) has pointed out, such a formulation may give rise to

convergence difficulties as the size of the element is reduced. In

general, the velocity components are not continuous across the element

boundaries, resulting in infinite velocity gradients, which may invalidate

the summation in equation (4.21). Atkinson et al apparently had no such

difficulties. Three point triangular elements are by far the simplest to

use, particularly for non-Newtonian flow and Palit & Fenner (1972) have

shown that, at least for applications similar to the present one,

satisfactory solutions are obtained. Caswell & Tanner (1978) have shown

how flow patterns can be traced numerically for arbitrary axisymmetrical

geometries in wire coating dies using finite element methods. From the

streamlines, they showed that the usual lubrication theory holds only to

within one or two gap widths of the region where the fluid meets the wire.

The work done by Pearson (1962,1963,1966) in analysing mathematically

Page 51: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-46a-

the numerical technique used in solving the quasi-harmonic partial

differential equation (3.31). Pearson used a FD approach to solve this

equation as an alternative to the FEM adapted in this work. He used the

shallow channel approximation and, having shown that it is possible to

predict streamlines given the general geometry of the die, he attempted to

reverse the process. In inverting the method of analysis described, the

flow was assumed to be isothermal and incompressible and the channel depth

around the inner die body was taken to be the variable at the designer's

disposal, similar to the analysis described in Chapter 8. Streamlines in

the flow domain were prescribed such that the design would give uniform

outflow at the die lips. The method used to define the streamlines and

the orthogonal isobars and the technique employed in solving the resulting

equations described in Chapter 8 differ a great deal from Pearson's

approach. In order to define a system of flow lines, Pearson considered

the two-dimensional irrotational flow of an ideal fluid caused by a line

source at the origin. He obtained a solution to this problem using the

method of images, the image distribution of sources and sinks which he

illustrated, where the rows of sources and sinks extend to infinity in both

directions. He described a stream function as the mass flow of a

Newtonian fluid in the case of uniform channel depth, caused by a unit

positive source at the origin, and represented it as a convergent double

series. He solved the equations numerically which gave the channel depth

distribution for a crosshead die.

Gutfinger et al (1974) used a very simplified FE mesh as compared

with the one used in this analysis. They divided the flow field into an

Eulerian mesh of square cells and for each cell the local field variable

was averaged and centred. The mesh was numbered by indices i and å in the

two directions which counted cell centre positions or nodes. Gutfi nger et

Page 52: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 46b -

al used the conservation of mass principle that the net outflow from all

field nodes should equal zero. Hence, they wrote simplified equations

for each nodal point in the flow domain in terms of the nodal point

pressures. Solution of these simultaneous equations gave the pressures

at all the nodes in the flow domain. Once the pressure distribution was

known, the flow rate distribution was calculated using the equations of

motion.

Page 53: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 47 -

4.2 THE SOLUTION PROCEDURE USED IN THIS WORK

This section describes some original work on the analysis of polymer

melt flow in crosshead dies. Some results of this work have been accepted

for publication (Fenner & Nadiri (1978)) and a copy of the paper is

attached to the back of this thesis.

The method described here is specifically designed to solve the cable

covering crosshead problem governed by equation (3.31). The same approach

is also applicable to other shallow channel flows, and indeed to other

problems governed by mathematically similar equations. A finite element

method has been applied to the solution of the equations. Although finite

element methods were originally developed for digital computer use in the

stress analysis of solid structures and components (Zienkiewicz (1971)),

they have also been applied to fluid mechanics and heat transfer problems,

including the slow non-Newtonian flows encountered in polymer processing

operations (Palit & Fenner (1972)).

The first step towards the finite element formulation is to represent

the problem region with a finite number of elements interconnected at a

discrete number of points, called nodal points. In general, the elements

can be of any shape but, for the purpose of this work, triangular elements

have been chosen.

Figure 3.2 shows one half of the complete solution domain irr the

(.,e) plane divided into triangular finite elements. Although the

straight sided elements cannot follow the curved boundaries AC and BD

exactly, with a reasonable number of elements the maximum deviations are

acceptably small. It should be noted that the number of elements across

the width of the flow is constant, which means that the elements near the

narrow inlet boundary are much smaller than those near the deflector and

point outlets, CD and EF, respectively. It is the ability to fit complex

Page 54: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-48-

geometric boundary shapes and to allow varying densities of elements

within the solution domain that makes finite element methods attractive.

Palit & Fenner (1972) have compared and contrasted finite element and

finite difference methods for problems of the present type, and discussed

the advantages of using simple triangular elements for non-Newtonian flow

problems. They defined a stream function for incompressible two-

dimensional flow which was assumed to vary quadratically over each element.

This had the advantages of resulting in a constant viscosity distribution

over each element, even for non-Newtonian fluids, and avoided the time-

consuming necessity of numerically integrating power-law functions over

the surfaces of the elements. An additional advantage of using a

formulation which results in constant element viscosities is that

axisymmetric flow problems can be solved with only trivial modifications

to the method for rectangular flows. It is unnecessary to resort to the

full cylindrical polar coordinate system. The price which must be paid

for these simplifications is a loss of accuracy for a given number of

nodal points as compared with more sophisticated formulations. For the

problems considered by Palit & Fenner (1972), however, the accuracy of

their method, which is similar to the one used in the present analysis,

using a reasonable number of nodal points, is satisfactory for most

practical applications. Although the ultimate test is through a

comparison of computing times for comparable accuracy, even this must be

qualified by a consideration of the relative flexibility and adaptability

of the basic computer program to a wide range of practical problems.

In order to solve the problem by a finite element method, it is

required to establish a variational formulation for equation (3.31) (see

Fenner (1975)) which is of the form:

Page 55: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 49 -

a aē (k1 aēJ k2 z (k3 a -) = p (4.1)

where k1 = k1(e,z, derivatives of 1)

k3 = k3(0,z, derivatives of *)

k2 = k2 (z)

6 is the angular coordinate of the channel

p is the stream function where r Qx = alp/ae; Q0 = — Wax

and Qx,Qe are the volumetric flow rates defined in terms of local lengths

along the channel

The general variational approach to the solution of a continuum

mechanics problem is to seek a stationary value (often a minimum) for a

quantity x which is defined by an appropriate integration of the unknowns

over the solution domain. Such a quantity x is often referred to as a

"functional". When such a principle is used in a finite element analysis,

the, variation of x is carried out with respect to the values of the

unknowns at the nodes of the mesh.

In order to find the required functional, it is convenient to let:

a0 (k1 aē) ~ k2 az (k3 az) = o (4.2)

Now, p is a continuous function of position which, in general, can only be

defined exactly in terms of an infinite number of parameters, such as

values of the function at particular points in the solution domain. The

object of the present analysis is to provide a means of determining an

approximate form of p in terms of a finite number of parameters. Let n

be a typical such parameter, and multiply the above definition of x by the

Page 56: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

50 -

derivative of j with respect to n to give:

a. = at a al, al a an an ae (k (k 1 aē) an x2 ā 3 ā) = az

As x is zero everywhere within the solution domain:

ff .x = de dz

where the integration is performed over the entire domain.

Now, considering the terms in equation (4.3):

a" a (k a~) = a (

arm' k arm') — k a a211,

an ae 1 ae ae an 1 ae 1 ae ae an

a (arm, k arm) - 1 k a (a P) 2 ē an. 1 ae 2 1 ān 30

(4.3)

(4.4)

(4.5)

Similarly:

k e a lk

arm) k a (a,* k a,4) 1 2 ān āz 3 az 2 āz an 3 az 2

a 2 k3 a n (a*az). (4.6

Therefore, equation (4.4) becomes:

ff {3 ka

62±)2 + 1 k k

a (4)2} de dz — I 0 (4.7)

2 1 an ae 2 2 3 an az

where:

ff {aē (21. k1 ae + k2 az (ā 7<3 az)} de da (4.8)

Applying Green's theorem:

Page 57: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

1 aJ, rae -rcos2 a az de 4.12)

- 51 -

arm, arm, any arm, I (k an ae dz - k2 k3 an az de) (4.9)

where the line integration is performed around the boundary of the solution

domain. The direction of this integration has. not been defined because,

at least in this instance, solutions where I = 0 are sought, i.e. where,

on the domain boundary:

= 0 (4.10) an .

or,: k1 -a-Lk dz - k2 k3 az de = o

(4.11)

Now, equation (4.10) occurs whenever the boundary distribution of . is

prescribed, and equation (4.11) implies that (from equation (3.31)):

Figure 4.1 shows a small portion of the boundary in the plane of the

channel. If n is the direction of the outward normal to the boundary at

a particular point as shown:

-41 an = Doc

y t ra9 sin y (4.13)

where y is the angle between the normal and the x-axis. Now:

cos y = r ds , sin y .— ds

(4.14)

where s is distance along the boundary measured in the anti-clockwise

direction, and the negative sign is due to the fact that, for positive

Page 58: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-52-

sin y, x decreases as s increases. Hence:

ds al) r de — ~dx

an ax ae r

cos a āzr de aē r cos «

1

cosa [tI COS2 a atil

az Z alp r ae JJ (4.15)

Hence, if equation (4.12) holds, then:

an - 4.16)

To summarise, if the conditions on the boundary are such that either

the value of ip is prescribed and therefore independent of n, or the value

of its first derivative normal to the boundary is zero, then I = 0. More

general boundary conditions of the form:

a1 a an

+ a2 # a3 =

(4.17)

can, if necessary, be handled by a suitable use of non-zero I, where a1,

a2 and a3 are constants, Wan is the stream function gradient normal to

the boundary, and p is the stream function.

Provided I = 0, the solution of the governing differential equation

is obtained when the value of the following functional derivative with

respect to n is zero:

a a12 ? k k3 an 4a (a~) 2} de dz o (4.18) 1 an ae 2 az an = ff {

Page 59: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-53-

Returning to the actual equation (3.31), the required stationary condition

is obtained when:

ā ff {L u

-

a A2 + 1ru

-

cos 2 a a (a'~)2}do dz = o (4.19) 2 r h3 an . ao 2 h3 an az

holds for all the unknowns, n, required to be found. In the present

method, the values of stream function, p, at the corners or nodes of all

the triangular elements are chosen as the unknowns. The only restriction

on the validity of equation (4.19) is that on the boundaries either the

value of i must be prescribed or its first derivative with respect to

distance normal, to the boundary must be zero. This restriction is

satisfied in the present problem which is subject to the following boundary

conditions:

* = 0 on BDF , p = 1 on ACE

DO = 0 on AB az

= 0 on EF (4.20)

Provided the inter-element boundaries make no contribution to the integral

expressed in equation (4.19), (automatically satisfied by triangular

elements with linear distributions of * - i.e. conforming elements.) the

overall integral may be found by summing the integrations performed over

all the individual elements:

DX (m)

an an (4.21)

where x(m)is

the contribution of typical element m to the total value of

x. With the linear distribution of p over the element with respect to z

and e, the following approximation may be used:

Page 60: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

ax (m)

an a* a2*

27,723 3e an 30

-54-

r u cos2 a any 32*

T2-3 az an az}

(4.22)

where Fuld Tare the mean values of radius and .channel depth over the

element, and om is the area of the element in the (z,e) plane represented

by equation (4.28). In practice, the variations of r and h over an

element are sufficiently small for mean values to be used for the present

purpose. While the angle a also varies along the flow channel, the mesh

is chosen such that the slope of the channel is constant over any one

element.

Figure 4.2 shows a typical triangular element, numbered m, in the

solution domain. It has nodes at its corners numbered, in an anticlockwise

direction, i, j and k and dimensions as shown. Local coordinates z and

0' are parallel to z and 0, but have their origin at node is Assuming a

linear distribution of stream.function over the element:

*(z'3 e') - C1 + C

2 z' + C3 0' (4.23)

C1, C2 and C3 can be found in terms of the nodal point values of stream

function iv ., lyj and ipk. The stream function values at the nodes i, j and

k can be written using equation (4.23) as follows:

*i = Cl (4.24)

*j = Cl 4- C2 ak - C3 bk (4.25)

*k = C1 - C2 aj C3 bj (4.26)

Rearrangement of these. equations (see Appendix Al) gives the parameters in

equation (4.23):

Page 61: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

1 (B) 2Am l

2A

where dm is the area of the element:

[

b. b. bk

ai aj ak

(B)

Using equation (4.23), equation (4.22) becomes:

(m) — — aC - a 2n m {r u 0032 a C2 f u C3

h3 an r h3

Om u aC' DC {c2 2 C3 3}

an. an

-55-

and (B) is a matrix of element dimensions:

(B) (a)m

(4.27)

(4.28)

ac 3}

(4.29)

an

(4.30)

where C2 = r cos a C2.

The derivatives of x(m) with respect to the three nodal point values

of ,p associated with element m may therefore be expressed as:

Page 62: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 56 -

3C2 ac3

aI'i

act aC3

aqv a1pj

aC2 ac3

ak a*k

C'" 2

c3,

Am.

(.4.31)

Considering the terms on the right hand side of equation (4.31):

fc"

2 1

C3 2Am B') (o)m (4.32)

where:

bi r cos a

ai

• b, r cos a

a. a

ac2 aC3

(BuT (4.34)

a,y2

act

a*i

ac3

act ac3

2a m

47(

where the superscript T indicates a matrix transposition. Hence, equation

(4.31) reduces to:

Page 63: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 57 -

A u m 1 T 1 ') (d)m u (B') (d) 4A 2,— m (4.35) r h3 2pm 2Am

Combining equations (4.21) and (4.35):

1z3 (B

')T (B') (6)m = (i)m (6)m = (x) (6) = 0 (4.36)

4o r m

where (k)m is the individual square element stiffness matrix, and (6) is a

vector containing the stream function values for all the nodal points in

the mesh. Square matrix (x), which in the finite element method context

is often referred to as the overall stiffness matrix, contains coefficients

assembled from the properties and dimensions of the individual elements

(Fenner (1975)).

Before equations (4.36) can be solved for the unknown values of ,y, the

boundary conditions defined by equations (4.20) must be imposed by

appropriately modifying equations associated with boundary nodes at which

the value of p is prescribed. The equations are not linear because the

element mean viscosities, }.c., are dependent upon the local gradients of tp..

Using equations (3.24), (3.32) and (4.23):

(C2 2 + C3 2/21

r h2 yo

(4.37)

Page 64: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 58

4.3 THE METHOD OF SOLUTION

The problem considered in this work is a nonlinear one in the sense

that it involves the flow of a non-Newtonian fluid. The viscosity of a

non-Newtonian fluid depends on the local rate of deformation in a

prescribed manner. Such behaviour can be accommodated in the finite

element analysis by treating element viscosities not as constants but as.

functions of the element strain rates (in this work, functions of the local

gradients of 1), which therefore need to be up-dated during the solution

process. For this reason, direct elimination methods, e.g. Gaussian

elimination, are not very suitable for solving nonlinear overall equations

(Fenner (1975)). The total number of equations that have to be solved is

equal to the number of nodal points. In most cases, this is in the

region of 250 equations. Therefore, efficient methods of solution, to

minimise the computing time, are sought. In general, the non-zero

coefficients of the square overall stiffness matrix do not lie very close

to the diagonal. To be able to save storage and economise on computing

time, the non-zero coefficients of the square stiffness matrix are

transformed into a rectangular stiffness matrix. A pointer matrix is

then introduced, indicating the column location of a particular term.

The method of solution used here is that described by Palit & Fenner

(1972) in which the iterative Gauss-Seidel successive over-relaxation

approach is employed. An advantage of iteration, for this particular

problem, is that the element viscosities are up-dated during the solution

process, while in using direct elimination the whole of the solution

process has to be repeated a few times with the up-dated viscosities,

which might be less efficient. The equations are first linearised by

assuming suitable constant values for the element viscosities, five

iterations are then performed to estimate the nodal point values of stream

Page 65: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-59-

function. Using these values to up-date the viscosities, the process is

repeated until satisfactory convergence is achieved. The choice of

starting values for the unknowns does not normally affect whether the

Gauss-Seidel process converges, and often has comparatively little effect

on the number of iterations required. It is possible to predict whether

convergence is likely to be achieved with a particular set of linear

equations. .Varga (1962) has stated the sufficient condition for

convergence as that of "diagonal dominance" of the coefficient matrix (K).

If (K) is diagonally dominant, then:

(kii( >. / (k-.I for i = 1, 2, ., n (4.38) i=/

~ 1

and the inequality is satisfied for at least one row. While diagonal

dominance is sufficient to ensure convergence in the case of linear

equations, it may not be necessary, provided these conditions are only

mildly contravened. In the case of nonlinear equations, provided the

non-linearity is not very high, it can be assumed that for convergence the

diagonal dominance condition might still be applicable.

It is often possible to improve the rate of convergence by a technique

which is generally known as over-relaxation. If the set of equations to

be solved can be expressed in matrix form as:

'k11

k21

kn1

k12 ....... k2n

k22 2n

• •

kn2 ....... nn

• • • •

(4.39)

(x) (s) = (F) (4.40)

Page 66: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-60-

then each unknown can be expressed as a function of the others as follows:

6 (m) k1 (f . — Z 1

k2. 6. (m) — k2~ 6 (m-1) (4.41)• 22 j=1 j=2+1

where the superscripts denote iteration numbers. Clearly, it is essential

for all the diagonal coefficients, k2., to be non-zero. Equation (4.41)

provides new estimates, ts." 1, which, provided the process is convergent,

are closer to the required solutions than the s2(m-1). Over-relaxation

applies a limited amount of extrapolation from these two sets of estimates

towards the final solutions. Thus, if 62(m) are the values obtained from

equations (4.41), the extrapolated values after the mth iteration'are:

62(m) = 6.(m_1I

+ w (62(m) - 6.(m-1) )

4.42)

where w is an over-relaxation factor, which is the same for all the

equations. For a particular set of linear equations, there is an optimum.

value of w, normally in the range 1 < w < 2. The optimum value varies

according to the size of mesh used. The purpose of over-relaxation is to

accelerate convergence, rather than to promote convergence in an otherwise

divergent iteration scheme. The use of too large a value of w can cause

divergence.

According to the degree of accuracy of the results, a convergence

criterion is required. This can take the form of a "relative error", er:

(4.43) .

Page 67: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 61 -

where is the change between successive iterations,

(m) (m-1). i.e. osi = 6 — si , n is the number of cycles of iteration, and c

is the prescribed value of the degree of accuracy, often called the

tolerance limit. For the problems investigated in this thesis, the

tolerance, c, is chosen to be 10-6.

Equation (4.36) can thus be solved to give the stream function values.

at all the nodal points. The flow rate of molten polymers passing the

outlet boundary between any adjacent pair of nodal points is equal to the

difference between the stream function values at these points, off,.

Assuming that there is no subsequent circumferential redistribution of

material, the corresponding thickness of the polymer layer on the finished

cable will be proportional to off;/oe, where AO is the difference in e

coordinate between the two nodes. Hence, the ratio of local to mean

thickness can be computed as a function of angular position around the

cable. Given the cable speed and the total flow rate of polymer forming

a particular layer, its mean thickness can also be determined if required.

4.4 SOLUTION PROCEDURE USED FOR PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION

Having computed the stream function distribution over the solution

domain in terms of values at the nodal points of the mesh, other results

may be derived as required. For example, the pressure distribution and

hence the overall pressure difference between flow inlet and outlet may be

computed as follows. For each element, the mean pressure gradients in.

the z and e directions can be found with the aid of equations (3.27),

(3.26) and (4.23) as:

_ 8z

C3

8 —1-1-72; cos a C2 (4.44) 0 h3 4, h3 r cos a

Page 68: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

mm

rn=m1

a

(6)m 4.45) (ia)m , ( ē) n

-62-

where C2 and C3 can be found from the nodal point stream function values

using equations (4.27). The pressure gradients at the nodal points may

then be found by averaging the values of the gradients associated with the

elements having a particular point as a node. Figure 4.3 shows six

typical elements sharing one particular node. The axial and angular

pressure gradients at this node may be represented as:

where (ap/ez) and (ap/ae)n are the axial and angular pressure gradients

of the node n, respectively, and the m. are the numbers of adjacent

elements, the total number of elements being M (in this case 6). The

pressure difference, dp, between two adjacent nodal points, 1 and 2, say

(see Figure 4.4), can be written as:

dp

(z,0 - p2 ()A dz f (aē).~ de (4.46)

where A is the mid-point between points 1 and 2, (ap/ez)A and (ap/ae)A are

the pressure gradients at A, and the distances between the two nodes in the

z and a directions are dz and de, respectively. The pressure gradients

at A can be represented in terms of the pressure gradients at the two

nodes 1 and 2 as follows:

a

( ~A 2 1(az)1 (az)2). (4,47)

1 (ae~A ā

PE) (22 (ae)2

Using equation (4.46) and assuming extrusion into atmosphere at zero

Page 69: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-63-

pressure, it is possible to calculate the values of the pressures at all

the nodes.

Page 70: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

64 -

Figure 4.1: Part of a typical two-dimensional solution domain boundary

1

-bk

z,

Figure 4.2: Typical triangular finite element

Page 71: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-65-

Figure 4.3: Elements sharing a typical nodal point

Figure 4.4: Pressure at two adjacent nodal points

Page 72: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 66 -

CHAPTER 5

MULTI-LAYER CABLE COVERING EXPERIMENTS

5.1 INTRODUCTION

In this chapter, experiments are reported concerning the performance

of an extrusion crosshead used in the three-layer covering of high

voltage electrical cables. Both extrusion pressure requirements and

circumferential distributions of polymer layer thicknesses in the finished

cable were measured and they will be compared later on in this chapter

with the theoretical results of the finite element method of melt flow

analysis within the crosshead, which was described in Chapter 4. Some

of the experimental results on extrusion pressures and circumferential

cable layer thickness distributions have been presented in a paper by

Nadiri & Fenner (1978) which has been submitted for publication.

There appears to be very little other published work on the

experimental results concerning the performance of extrusion dies. Palit

(1972) performed some experiments on the flow of molten polyethylene and

polystyrene for converging cylindrical dies and a silicone polymer in a

wire-coating die. He then compared the results with the FE predictions

in terms of dimensionless pressure drop and wire tension difference (in

the case of the wire-coating die) and showed that they agree reasonably

well.

The cable covering process is used to coat, continuous lengths of

either solid or stranded metallic conductors with one or more layers of

polymeric material. Polymer is supplied in molten form, normally by a

screw extruder, to a die, through the centre of which is passed the

conductor. Owing to the presence of the conductor, it is not convenient

to align the axis of the extruder with the direction of cable production.

Page 73: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-67-

Instead, the screw axis is usually at right angles to the cable, the

change in the direction of flow being effected by a crosshead. If more

than one layer of different polymers are to be applied simultaneously, the

design of the crosshead is further complicated by the need to accept melt

from, say, two extruders and to form the required layers with as nearly

uniform thicknesses as possible. An important advantage of such a

simultaneous multi-layer covering process is that the risk of contamination

between successive layers is minimised, thus enhancing the electrical

properties of the finished cable. This is particularly important for

large high-voltage cables.

A very important factor in determining cable quality is the uniformity

of the thicknesses of the polymer layers. In order to satisfy electrical

performance criteria, each layer must be of 'a prescribed minimum thickness.

Uniformity along the cable is obtained by drawing the conductor through

the crosshead at a constant speed, at the same time maintaining constant

melt flow rates from the extruders. Uniformity in the circumferential

direction in any cable cross-section is more difficult to achieve because

it depends on the ability of the crosshead to distribute side-fed supplies

of melt into concentric circular tubes to be applied to the conductor.

If the actual layer thicknesses vary significantly, then, because the

minimum thicknesses are prescribed, excess material will be contained in

the thicker parts of the layers, adding to the cost and bulk of the cable.

Designs for the internal geometries of cable covering crossheads are

often developed by slow and expensive trial-and-error methods. A

rational design procedure is therefore highly desirable, and the

theoretical basis of such a method has been proposed in Chapter 4, using

a finite element technique of melt flow analysis. In this chapter, the

experimental results will be presented on circumferential cable layer

Page 74: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 68 -

thickness distributions and extrusion pressures, the main object being to

compare with the finite element computations rather than to optimise the

particular cable-making operation. Once thickness distributions produced

by a given crosshead design can be predicted, it is possible to invert the

analytical procedure to use it as a design tool.

5.2 THE CABLE COVERING PROCESS IN GENERAL

The cable covering process is used to coat continuous lengths of cable,

tube and a variety of products with a layer of extruded thermoplastic

material. The tremendous demand for covered cable in the radio and

electrical industries makes this one of the most important of the'many

extrusion processes. Plastic coatings range in size from PVC covering on

tiny telephone wires to flexible jacketing several inches in diameter over

huge bundles of wire. They also include many domestic and industrial

electrical wiring applications. Some wires receive coverings of two

different plastics, each offering specific advantages. Plasticised PVC

can offer flame resistance and high flexibility, nylon gives extreme

strength, abrasion resistance and resistance to certain chemicals, and

polyethylene offers exceptional insulating ability and chemical resistance

at reasonable cost. All offer moisture resistance.

Figure 5.1 shows the basic equipment in a typical cable extrusion

line. Drums of uncovered wire are mounted on a payout stand, which may

be free to rotate, friction braked or power driven, depending on their

size and on the requirements of the system. The payout is essentially a

reel stand and on rudimentary set-ups the reel of uncovered wire is merely

supported on centres so that it may revolve as the wire is taken off and

some form of simple braking is provided to prevent the inertia of the drum

from affecting the tension of the wire. In more complex systems, and for

Page 75: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 69 -

fine wires, the payoff reel is driven so that a greater degree of control

may be exercised on the tension of the wire throughout the system and to

minimise the tension on wires of very small diameter. The payout drum

may be mounted with its axis at 90° to the line or parallel toit. A

desirable feature on a payoff unit is the facility for mounting two reels

simultaneously so that wire from a fresh reel may be introduced to the

system with the minimum speed change when the preceding reel runs out.

From the payout drum, the wire is led through the die where it is

coated with polymer. The polymer is fed as granules into the extruder

barrel from a hopper. The purpose of the barrel and screw of the extruder

is to deliver a correctly conditioned polymer melt at a constant rate into

the head. To condition the polymer, heat must be supplied either by

conduction from the heated barrel or by mechanical work done on the polymer.

In the cable covering process, in general, two types of crosshead dies

are used. One type is the tubing die where the conductor gets covered

with the plastic after it has emerged from the head, unlike the case of a

pressure die where the cable leaves the die already coated. In the tubing

die, the tube is drawn onto the conductor just after the die face by a

vacuum drawn through the same passage in which the conductor travels.

Tubing dies require a larger clearance than pressure dies between conductor

and passage because vacuum must be drawn through that clearance. A good

figure is 0.5 mm all around between the conductor and the passage. There

is no danger of plastic flowing up through this clearance because the

plastic is extruded through a separate annulus. The ratio of the area of

this annulus to the final plastic cross-sectional area is called the "draw

down ratio". If this ratio is too high, a rough surface and/or internal

strains in the coating will result. Typical draw down ratio for LDPE is

1.3.

Page 76: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-70-

On leaving the die, the covered conductor is cooled by passing

through a water trough. The troughs are small in cross-section, but can

be very long, especially for polyethylene. This plastic not only needs

much cooling because of its heat of crystallisation, but also requires

slow cooling to prevent the development of voids in the shrinking coating.

Troughs for polyethylene are at least 10 metres long and can go up to

35 metres or more. For large undersea cables, the trough is often

85 metres long. Thin-walled insulation can be cooled with tap water.

However, for medium and large cross-sections, the surface cannot set too

quickly, or the plastic will shrink inside and separate from the conductor.

Accordingly, the water temperature is controlled. For polyethylene, the

coated wire must enter a bath at 140° to 180°F for the best results.

Often the trough is divided into several compartments of successively

decreasing temperatures, ending with water at ambient temperature.

After leaving the water bath, the cable is drawn through the line by

a capstan. This is either single or double-drum and is grooved to hold

the wires that are wrapped around it Four or five wraps are customary.

Diameters range from 12 to 20 inches for small wires through 32 inches

for intermediates. Large cables use "tractor" pullers or "caterpillar"

capstans.

From the pulling capstan, the wire is picked up on rotating take-up

reels that are similar to the rotating payoff reels. Automatic devices

are again used at high speeds to switch from a full reel to an empty one.

The controls and their synchronisation, for a large and complex line

such as for undersea cable, are very intricate and expensive equipment.

In general, wire and cable covering is a high-quality operation and this

is reflected in costs and quality of equipment.

Page 77: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 71 -

5.3 THE CABLE COVERING PROCESS EMPLOYED IN THE TRIALS

Figure 5.2 shows the general arrangement of the equipment used in the

cable covering trials. The 22 mm diameter stranded copper conductor was

taken from a storage drum through a vertical distance of some 24 m before

being passed over a large capstan wheel and then into the extrusion

crosshead between two screw extruders supplying the insulation and screen

materials (see Figure 5.3). Curing of the crosslinking polymers was

achieved by high temperature steam applied to the cable in a long catenary-

shaped tube starting at the crosshead. The overall length of the

catenary was some 85 m, the lower end of the tube containing water for

cooling purposes. After leaving the catenary via a sealing gland, the

cable passed through a caterpillar haul-off (see Figure 5.4) and was wound

onto a drum. The speeds of the capstan wheel and haul-off were controlled

and coordinated in such a way as to prevent the cable touching the inside

of the narrow catenary tube, at least until it had entered the cooling

water.

In the cable-making trials described here, three layers of polymer

were applied to a tape-covered stranded copper conductor. The thin inner

and outer layers, which served as screens, were of the same material

supplied by one screw extruder. The much thicker intermediate layer,

which provided the required electrical insulation was of another material

supplied by a second machine. The two extruders were connected to

opposite sides of the crosshead with their screw axes at right angles to

the direction of motion of the conductor. Although not directly relevant

to the present investigation, the particular polymers used were basically

crosslinking polyethylenes. Crosslinking materials have the advantage of

allowing higher working temperatures for the finished cable, but need to

be cured after extrusion.

Page 78: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-72-

The polymers used in the trials were a white crosslinking low. density

polyethylene (HFDB 4201) for the insulation, and a black semi-conducting

crosslinking ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymer (HFDA 0580) for the screens.

Nominal radial thicknesses were 0.7 mm for each of the two screens and

8 mm for the insulation giving an overall cable diameter of 42 mm,

including the 0.5 mm conductor tape. The black polymer was extruded from

a small Andouart machine, 60 mm in diameter and the white polymer from a

larger Fawcett Preston machine, 4i" in diameter. Both extruders are

shown in Figure 5.3.

5.3.1 Crosslinking and Semi-Conducting Materials

Polyethylene can be crosslinked either with chemical agents or

by irradiation. The latter method is too costly for large-scale operation.

Chemical crosslinking, usually with organic peroxides, is less expensive

and is being used to some extent today. The crosslinked wire is more

resistant to solvents, chemicals and heat; in fact, it can be so

effective that the insulation does not ever melt, but rather becomes

rubbery and tacky at very high temperatures. Service temperatures for

crosslinked polyethylene are above 135°C. Often, great quantities of

carbon black are included in crosslinking compounds, as it aids and

participates in the crosslinking reaction:

Crosslinking by irradiation is done on the finished wire after

it leaves the extruder, but before reeling. Chemical crosslinking is

done by incorporating the agent in the compound and extruding it at such a

temperature as to prevent the reaction in the extrusion. die. High

pressures are thus generated and must be taken into account in die design.

The insulation is then "cured" in a steam-heated chamber.

Chemical crosslinking often can be achieved by passing the

Page 79: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-. 73 -

coated wire through a bath containing the reactive agent. This is done

most conveniently at the first stage of the cooling trough as the plastic

is hottest and most reactive there. In this method, the agent is used

only where needed most at the surface.

Where some degree of electrical conductivity is required, semi-

conductive jacketing is customarily made by adding large amounts of

certain carbon blacks to the compound, similar to the carbon filled

crosslinked compounds mentioned in the first paragraph of this section.

5.3.2 The Extrusion Crosshead

The crosshead used was of the tubing type, in which the three

layers of melt were first extruded together to form a single tube which

was then applied to the conductor as it left the head. Once in contact

with the conductor, the molten tube was stretched in the direction of

motion, thereby reducing its external diameter by some 30%. Figure 5.5

shows the axial cross-section through the crosshead assembly and melt

inlets from the extruders. The melt to form a given layer entered a

narrow gap between concentric cylindrical and conical surfaces. The

cylindrical region was formed by a flow deflector having a blockage to

flow contoured in such a way as to promote uniformity of the circumferential

distribution of flow leaving the deflector. To the end of the deflector

was screwed a tapered point, the dimensions and angle of which could be

chosen to suit the particular cable specification. The three pairs of.

deflectors and points may be distinguished as the inner (screen),

intermediate (insulation) and outer (screen). As can be seen in Figure

5.5, the flow channel for the insulation layer, for example, was contained

between the intermediate deflector and point, and the inner surfaces of

the outer deflector and point. The inner point was bored to suit the siie.

Page 80: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-74-

of the tape-covered conductor. All components of the crosshead were made

to fine tolerances and clearances to promote accurate alignment.

Figure 5.6 shows a view of the intermediate deflector as seen

from the melt inlet side. As the melt would tend to take the shortest

path from the inlet to the deflector exit, this path was deliberately

blocked by a heart-shaped area which filled the radial flow gap and forced

the melt to follow longer paths of more uniform length. Flow channel

geometry was symmetrical. about the centre line of the heart-shaped area,

and the deflector created some throttling by a slight tapering of the

channel depth in the axial direction. Further throttling was provided by.

the tapering conical flow channel between points. Figures 5.7 and 5.8

show .views of the unrolled flow channels of the inner and outer deflectors,

respectively. The unrolled view of the intermediate deflector flow

channel has been shown in Figure 3.2.

5.3.3 Experimental Measurements and Instrumentation

In order to be able to determine the angular orientation of

any cross-section of the finished cable in relation to the extrusion

crosshead, a small V-shaped nick was made in the edge of the outer die

which left a longitudinal mark on the surface of the cable. The need for

this was emphasised when the mark was observed to emerge from the catenary

at approximately 180° to the position of the nick, due to twisting of the

cable.

Positions along the cable at which extrusion conditions were

changed were also marked when the cable left the catenary. The

appropriate times to make such marks, many minutes after the particular

section had been extruded, were determined from the cable speed and

catenary length. Cable speed was measured both by a tachometer

Page 81: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 75 -

registering at the capstan wheel and more accurately by recording on a

stopwatch the time taken for a mark on the conductor entering the crosshead

to move through a fixed distance. Screw speed was also measured using a

stopwatch as well as being recorded from the speed indicators built into

the system.

When manufacturing crosslinked polyethylene, the cable is

closed up in the steam tube where it is surrounded by high pressure steam

at 210 to 220°C. This effectively precludes access to the extruded

product as it issues from the die; hence, under normal manufacturing

conditions, it is not possible to measure melt temperatures directly while

making cable. Such measurements were, however, made with the aid of a

Cr/Al thermocouple probe during preliminary bleed trials under equivalent

extruder operating conditions. A number of measurements of temperature

of the extruder barrels and at several points within the body of the head .

were recorded using Cu/Con and Fe/Con thermocouples. These could well be

different from the temperatures at the barrel/melt interface.

Melt pressures were detected with the aid of two Dynisco

Model PT420 transducers, one in each melt inlet to the crosshead. The

amplified signals from these instruments were monitored by an ultra-violet

recorder. One transducer was fitted into a large inlet which was

machined in the 4i" Fawcett Preston extruder. A "blanking" plug was used

on the head when the transducer was not fitted. The second transducer was

fitted into a smaller inlet in the 60 mm Andouart machine.

Further instrumentation was also available for a number of

other process parameters, such as steam pressure and temperature, and

power consumptions.

Page 82: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

76 -

5.3.4 Experimental Procedure

Before making cable, bleed trials were carried out in which

the melt, either insulation layer alone or insulation plus screens, was

extruded into air in the absence of conductor (see Figure 5.9). The

tests were carried out at various extruder screw speeds and timed samples

were taken by applying the bleed to a metre long free running silicone

greased tube. These trials served both to check layer concentricities

and thicknesses, and to permit melt temperatures to be measured. As

already indicated, a thermocouple probe was used to sample mainly

insulation layer extrudate temperature. This was significantly higher

than any indicated extruder barrel or head temperature, and increased with

extruder speed, and hence melt flow rate. The relationship between melt

temperature and screw speed so obtained was used to estimate temperatures

in the subsequent cable making trials. A knowledge of melt temperatures .

was necessary to determine viscosities used in predicting pressure

distributions in the crosshead flow channels.

Temperatures of extruder barrels and head could be varied only

within very narrow limits. Experience had demonstrated that, with a

complicated exercise of this kind, the machines needed to be precisely

set at empirically determined optimum conditions, otherwise quality will

suffer.

On completion of the bleed trials, the conductor was

introduced, the catenary tube sealed at the crosshead, and steam applied

to cure the resulting cable. . The process was run at.a series of four

cable speeds from 1.45 m/min to 2.43 m/min, extruder speeds being adjusted

to give the required cable dimensions. The Fawcett extruder speed varied

between 30 and 45 rpm, and the Andouart extruder speed between 20 to 25 rpm.

The machines were not run too quickly since at high screw speeds there is a

Page 83: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

77 -

risk of pre-cure or "scorch" in the barrels and head.

Although the cable dimensions were approximately those of a

33 kV application, the purpose of the experiments was to evaluate

crosshead performance rather than try to meet a precise cable specification.

At each speed, the line was run at least long enough for the position of

the speed change on the cable to emerge from the catenary and be marked.

Once sufficient time had been allowed for extrusion conditions to become

steady at a given speed, measurements of all the process variables were

made. In particular., ultra-violet recordings of the pressure transducer

signals were made for sufficiently long times to detect not only

fluctuations associated with extruder screw rotation, but also any longer

term variations due to extruder surging.

Samples of both the insulation and screen materials were

retained for rheological tests. These allowed polymer viscosities to be

measured as functions of shear rate and temperature. Both viscosities and

power-law indices, which determine how viscosities vary with shear rate,

are needed in the analysis of flow within the crosshead (see Chapter 4). `

The finished cable was sectioned at a number of positions to

permit polymer layer thickness distributions to be examined. For each

cable speed, five sections were taken at intervals from a region of the

cable where nominally steady running conditions had been achieved. At

each section, a thin parallel slice of the covering was cut at right angles

to the axis of the cable, and the thicknesses of the layers measured along

a series of radii using a travelling microscope. These radii were taken

at 15° intervals around the section, the imperfection introduced in the

outer screen by the die nick serving as a reference point for angular

measurements. Some small longitudinal variations in layer thicknesses

between different sections at the same cable speed were detected. The

Page 84: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-78-

fact that the periods of such variations correlated closely with the

periods of small fluctuations in the measured extrusion pressures showed

that they were due to slight extruder surging (see Section 5.4.2).

5.4 EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS

In this section, the experimental results obtained during the trials `

for the 300 mm2, 33 kV, 3-layer tool set will be discussed in detail.

Tables 5.1a, 5.1b and 5.1c show the measurements taken during the

bleed tests. The first bleed test was made at a Fawcett speed of 30 rpm,

when only the white insulation layer was extruded. Then the Fawcett

speed was gradually increased to 40 rpm and finally both extruders were

run together, the Andouart speed reaching approximately 21 rpm.

During the bleed trials, the melt was extruded in the absence of the

conductor, hence the line speed was zero. Altogether, 3 bleed runs were

made and, once steady running conditions were achieved, for each run at

least two readings were taken of the variables, including speed,

temperature, and. pressure.

In Table 5.1a, the extruder speeds, together with the currents

supplied to them and the time when the readings were taken, are presented.

Two sets of screw speeds have been tabulated; one set corresponding to

the readings on the tachometer and the other set obtained using a

stopwatch.

The barrel temperature at four zones of the Fawcett extruder, and at

three zones of the Andouart extruder, are shown for each of the three

bleed runs in Table 5.1b.

Finally, in Table 5.1c are tabulated the head temperatures at three

zones, the throat and melt temperatures and the pressures at the melt

inlets to the two extruders.

Page 85: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

TABLE 5.1a

Time Run

Number

Fawcett** Screw Speed

(rpm)

Andouart** Screw Speed

(rpm)

Fawcett* Screw Speed

(rpm)

Andouart* Screw Speed

(rpm)

Fawcett Ammeter (amps)

Andouart Ammeter (amps)

10.25 10.34 10.37

10.45 10.52

11.15 11.23

1 1 1

2 2

3 3

29.3

39.3

39.1

0

0

22.5

30.0 30.0 30.0

40.0 40.1

40.0 40.1

0 0 0

0 0

20.7 21.0

85-90 85-90 85-90

83-87 83-87

82-85 82-85

0 0 0

0 0

16.4 15.6

** Screw speeds measured using a stopwatch

* Screw speeds reading on the tachometer

to

Page 86: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

TABLE 5 l b

Time Run

Number

Fawcett Barrel Temperatures (°C)

Andouart Barrel Temperatures (9C)

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3

10.25 1 121 123 122 126 100 103 100 10.34 1 121 123 122 126 102 103 100 10.37 1 121 123 122 126 102 103 100

10.45 2 126 127.5 124 127 100 • 104 100 10.52 2 126 128 125 127 102 104 100

11.15 3 127 129 126 127 100 115 105 11.23 3 127 129 126 128 100 115 107

Page 87: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

TABLE 5.1c

Time Run

Number

Head Temperatures (°C) Fawcett Throat

Temp rature (~ C)

Melt Temperature

(C)

Fawcett Pressure (lbf/in2)

Andouart Pressure (1bf/int) Zone 1

(Bac(} Zone 2

Zone 3 (Die)

10.25 1 125 130 125 123

10.34 1 137 130 125 128 124-129 800

10.37 1 145 132 129 128

10.45 10.52

2 2

135 130

133 134

129 125

130 . 131

136-138 940

11.15 3 130 134 125 135 138-140 1000 5100 . 11.23 3 125 134 125 135

Page 88: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-82-

The results for the cable making trials are presented in Tables 5.2a,

5.2b and 5.2c. Four runs were made at line speeds of 1.45, 1.72 ,1.95 and

2.43 m/min, as measured using a stopwatch. The Fawcett speed was

gradually increased from 30 rpm to 45 rpm and the Andouart speed from

20 rpm to 25 rpm.

In Table 5.2a are tabulated the line speeds corresponding to the two

screw speeds and the currents supplied to the extruders, for each cable run,

including the time when the readings were taken. Two sets of line and

screw speeds have been presented, one set being the one measured by a

tachometer registering at the capstan wheel and the other. measured using a

stopwatch.

The Fawcett and Andouart barrel temperatures for each cable run are

shown in Table 5.2b.

The throat and head temperatures and the steam pressures, together

with the readings of the two pressure transducers fitted to the Fawcett

and Andouart extruders, are presented in Table 5.2c.

5.4.1 Polymer Properties and Data Processing

In order to be able to compare the theoretical FE predictions

with the experimental results, the relevant physical properties of the .

polymers are required for use in the flow analysis computer program. The

viscosity data were obtained from capillary rheometer measurements, as

described in Chapter 2. The machine used was an Instron Capillary.

Rheometer (see Van Wazer et al (1963)), with two capillaries of lengths

and 2" and nominal diameter 0.05".

The white crosslinking polyethylene of the insulation layer

was tested at three temperatures, namely 115°C, 120°C and 130°C, and

measurements were made over a wide shear rate range of 14.57 to 2914 s-1.

Page 89: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

TABLE 5.2a

Time Run

Number

Fawcett** Screw Speed

(rpm)

Andouart** Screw Speed

(rpm)

Fawcett* Screw Speed (rpm)

Andouart* Screw Speed

(rpm)

Line Speed** (m/min)

Line Speed (m/min)

Fawcett Ammeter. (amps)

Andouart Ammeter (amps)

12.50 13.00 13.17 13.50

14.05 14.20

14.45 15.00

15.30 15.45 15.58

1 1 1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4 4

29:0

34.3

39.5

44.0

22.3

23.0

24.9

27.0

30.0 30.0 30.1 30.0

35.7 35.7

40.3 40.3

45.2 45.2 45.2

20.3 20.3 20.3 20.3

20.5 20.9

23.2 23.0

25.3 25.3 25.3

1.45

1.72

1.95

2.43

1.3 1.3 1.3

1.6 1,6

1.9 1.9

2.45 2.45 2.45

85-90 83-88 83-88

82-85 82-87

82-84 81-85

78-83 78-83 78-83

15.~ 15.2 15.0

15.0 15.0_

15.5 15.5

15.5 15.2 15.3

** Line and screw speeds measured using a stopwatch

* Screw speeds reading on the tachometer

Page 90: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

TABLE 5.2b

Time Run Number

Fawcett Barrel Temperatures (°C)

Andouart Barrel Temperatures (°C)

Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3

12.50 1 121 123 121 125 100 115 107 13.00 1 121 123. . 121 125 100 110 100 13.17 1 119 123 122 126 100 111 100 13.50 1 119 123 122 125 101 112 100

14.05 2 121 127 123 127 101 112 100 14.20 2 123 127 123 127 • 101 • 112 100

14.45 3 127 131 125 127. 101 115 102 15.00 3 128 132 126 127 102 115 102

15.30 4 131 133 126 127 105 118 • 105 15.45 4 131 133 127 127 105 118 106 15.58 4 131 133 127 127 105 119 106

Page 91: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

TABLE 5.2c

Time

Head Temperatures (°G) Fawcett Throat

Tempe~Oature ("C)

Steam Pressure (Ibf/int)

Fawcett Pressure (Ibf/int)

Andouart Pressure (lbf/int)

Run Number ZBāc~l

( ) Zone 2

Zone 3 (Die)

12.50 1• 129 129 126 130 205

13.00 1 135 125 125 128 195 1250 5450-5600 13.17 1 132 126 124 128 181

13.50 1 129 126 130 125 220

14.05 2 127 126 • 125 128 210 1300 5490=5640

14.20 2 130 127 126 130 215

14.45 3 135 126 125 135 218 1270 5575-5770 15.00 3 136 127 125 135 205

15.30 4 138' 126 125 135 218

15.45 4 125 '126 125 135 220 1300 5620-5630

. 15.58 4 132 126 125 135 218

Page 92: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

86 -

Allowances were made for reservoir pressure drop, capillary end

corrections and the Rabinowitsch shear rate correction (see Chapter 2).

Curve-fitting of the empirical power-law equation (2.10) over the shear

rate range for dies, 14.57 to 145.7 s-1, gave the following data for the

crosslinking low density polyethylene:

Power-law index n = 0.391

Effective viscosity at reference shear rate

(pyo) 1 s-1 and reference temperature 120°C uo = 22.56 kNs/m2

Temperature coefficient of viscosity : b = 0.0285 °C-1

The black ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymer for the screens was

also tested at three different'temperatures of 110°C, 120°C and 130°C,

using two capillaries. Curve-fitting of the empirical power-law equation

over the shear rate range 14.57 to 145.7 s-1 gave the following parameters:

Power-law index n = 0.317

Effective viscosity at reference shear rate

(y0)1 s-1 and reference temperature 120°C : po = 85.62 kNs/m2

Temperature coefficient of viscosity b = 0.0166 °C-1

During the tests, it was noticed that the white polyethylene

would not melt at 110°C and at temperatures above 130°C, both polymers

started showing signs of crosslinking.

Timed samples of both polymers were taken at known piston

speeds of the Instron, in order to be able to calculate their melt

densities. They were then weighed on a chemical balance and, knowing the

diameter of the rheometer barrel, their specific gravities were calculated.

Page 93: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-87-

This gave for the low density polyethylene, a specific gravity value of

0.813 and for the ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymer a specific gravity

value of 1.102.

Timed bleed samples of the insulation layer and insulation

plus screen layers were taken during the cable covering trials. These

samples were weighed and knowing their densities, the mass flow rate of .

the intermediate layer was worked out. Alternatively, the mass flow rate .

of the insulation layer was worked out from the cable samples, knowing the

line speed, the cross-sectional area of the intermediate layer in the

cable and the density of the polymer in this layer. Figure 5.10 shows

the mass flow rate of polymer from the Fawcett machine as a function of

extruder screw speed. Two sets of data have been plotted, one

corresponding to the output rate calculated using the bleed samples, and

the other to the cable samples. Both sets seem to lie on straight lines

through the origin, which means that the melt flow rate varies linearly

with screw speed. However, the output in the case of the bleed trials is.

slightly higher than in the case of the cable trials, which could be due

to back pressure onto the extruder.

5.4.2 Analysis of the Experimental Results

A study of the pressure charts obtained from the ultra-violet

recorder showed that the transducer situated at the melt inlet to the

crosshead fromthe Andouart machine was measuring sinusoidal pressure

fluctuations. During the cable trials, with the small variations in

Andouart speed, the amplitude and period of these fluctuations remained

almost constant. The amplitude was approximately 150 lbf/in2 and the

period was about 2 minutes. The pressure charts corresponding to the

bleed tests were also checked and it was found that, during the bleed

Page 94: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-88-

trials, the pressures remained fairly constant.

An examination of the pressure charts corresponding to the

transducer fitted at the melt inlet to the crosshead from the Fawcett

machine showed that the pressures in this case remained constant, during

both the cable and bleed trials.

In order to be able to compare the predicted coating

thicknesses of the extruded cable with the experimental results, cable

samples were taken at the four different line speeds. At each speed,

within one complete cycle of the Andouart pressure fluctuation, five

samples were taken as shown in Figure 5.11. If T is the period of one

complete cycle, then the five samples were taken at positions corresponding

to 0, T/4, T/2, 3T/4 and T. Hence, twenty cable samples were measured

and compared with the predicted results.

To be able to see the effect of Andouart pressure fluctuations

on the overall shape of the cable, the outer diameters of the twenty cable

samples were measured using a micrometer at four diameters of 45° intervals

around the circumference. The outer diameters were then made

dimensionless by dividing through by the mean outer diameter of the twenty

samples. Figure 5.12 shows the variation of the dimensionless outer

diameter round the circumference for three samples at each of the line

speeds of 1.72, 1.95 and 2.43 m/min. Results for the 1.45 m/min cable

run lie quite close to the ones for the 1.72 m/min and for this reason they

have not been plotted to avoid overlapping curves. From this graph, it

can be concluded that, with varying Andouart pressure, the shape of the

cable remains the same but its size varies, which is due to slight extruder

surging (see Section 5.3.4; Fenner (1970); Fisher (1976)). If, for

instance, insufficiently molten or plasticated material is conveyed into

the metering section, the machine will extrude irregularly. It is then

Page 95: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-89-

said that the output from the die "surges". Surging is reduced by using

a low molecular weight material or by an increase of the melt temperature.':

Fisher (1976) has obtained an equation for surging which describes the

stability of the system for any degree of disturbance. He predicted that

an increase in die pressure and an increase in the rate at which melt

enters the filled channel will decrease the amount of surging and increase

the melt channel length.

The actual radial thickness distributions round the

circumference of each of the three layers of the twenty cable samples have

been plotted on Figures 5.13 to 5.32. The radial thickness distributions

for three samples taken from the third bleed trial, with both extruders

running, have also been plotted on Figures 5.33 to 5.35. A close study

of the experimental radial thickness distributions shows that at any

particular cable speed, there is hardly any variation in the shape of the

radial thickness distribution graphs, but the curves are slightly shifted

in the vertical direction.

5.5 FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION OF THE PROBLEM

The method of solution for computing the predicted performance of the

extrusion crosshead used in the experimental three-layer covering of high

voltage electrical cables is described in Chapter 4. In this section,

the type of mesh used will be discussed, together with the calculation of

residence time distribution, and it will be shown how to plot streamlines

and isobars within the flow domain.

5.5.1 Mesh Generation

Detailed engineering drawings were obtained from AEI Cables

Limited of the three-layer crosshead. A finite element mesh was

Page 96: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-90-

constructed for the analysis of flow in the channels for each of the three

layers. The geometric flexibility of the finite element method makes it

easy for a mesh of triangular elements to be constructed to suit the

complex shape of the flow channels. The FE mesh used here is chosen such

that element angles exceeding 90° are omitted as much as possible. Fenner

(1975) has shown that the absence of obtuse-angled elements is sufficient

to ensure convergence of the Gauss-Seidel method for problems of the

harmonic type.

The FE mesh for the flow channels, which is shown in Figure 3.2,

is generated by the computer after feeding in the coordinates of the nodal

points along the boundaries BDF and ACE. The actual number of nodes

employed along AC and BD is 14 and along ACE and BDF is 19. Each point

on the lower boundary is joined to the corresponding point on the upper

boundary by a straight line, e.g. B to A, D to C and F to E. Each of the

19 lines so formed are then divided into 12 equal intervals to give 13

nodal points on each line (e.g. AB, CD, EF) and hence 247 nodes altogether.

The neighbouring nodes are then appropriately joined together to form

quadrilaterals. Each quadrilateral is divided into two triangles using a

diagonal in such a way as to omit obtuse angles as much as possible. The,

total number of triangular elements used for the present mesh is 432. As

shown in Figure 3.2, the numbering of the nodes starts at point B and

increases along the rows, and similarly for the elements.

Tests were made to see the effect of mesh refinement on the

accuracy of the results and it was found that, as the number of elements

and nodal points were increased the computed solution approximated more

closely to the true solution, which was unique. Due to increasing

computing time, it was found that it would not be advisable to use a very

fine mesh. As a result of a compromise between accuracy and cost of

Page 97: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 91 -

computation, a mesh of 19 x 13 was chosen. Further refinement of the

mesh causes only insignificant changes in the final results. Another

method of achieving more accurate results instead of using a finer mesh is

the h2-extrapolation technique which is described in Appendix A2.

5.5.2 Convergence and Accuracy

It is well known that the over-relaxation factor has a very

significant effect on the rate of convergence of the iterative Gauss-Seidel

method used in this investigation. Using (6) = 0 as the initial

approximation of the solution vector (see equation (4.36)), and taking

e = 10-6 as the tolerance limit, the effect of w on the number of

iterations to convergence has been studied.

In Figure 5.36, the total number of cycles of iteration, N,

for a convergent solution is plotted against the values of w between 1 and

2, for different size meshes. It can be seen that N varies considerably

with w and therefore it is desirable to determine the value of w at which

N is a minimum to economise on the computing time This value of w is

termed the optimum over-relaxation factor, apt, and it varies according

to the size of mesh used. For our particular problem with a 19 X 13

mesh, wopt was taken to be 1.75.

5.5.3 Computation of Stream Function Values and Pressure Distribution

A computer program was used for the solution of the set of

linear equations (4.36) to yield the stream function values. In the

program, the area of the two-dimensional solution domain was divided into

triangular three-node elements, over each of which linear •variations of the

unknown were assumed. The elements may therefore be said to be of the

constant strain triangular type, although the term is only strictly valid

Page 98: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 92 -

if the unknown is a displacement. In this sub-section will be described

how the computer program is organised to solve for the stream function

values.

Initially, the coordinates of the nodal points along the lower

and upper boundaries are fed into the program as data and then the rest of

the node coordinates, nodal point numbers, element node numbers and element

numbers are generated by the program. Once the mesh generation is

complete, the material properties, such as the viscosity at reference shear

rate, yo = 1 s-1, and the power-law index are input as data. After this,

the boundary conditions are prescribed and, for the purpose of the present

analysis, the stream function values along the lower boundary (ACE; see

Figure 3.2) are chosen to be ii = 0 and for the upper boundary (BDF) p = 1.

The input data necessary to control the Gauss-Seidel solution process are

the maximum number of cycles of iteration, the over-relaxation factor and

the convergence tolerance which are also specified.

Next, the values of the unknowns, i.e. stream function, are

initialised to zero and the element stiffness matrix is formed. For non-

Newtonian flow, the element viscosities are not constant and, in this

analysis, they are represented by equation (4.37) where the viscosities

are up-dated at every five cycles of iteration. Palit (1972) studied the

convergence rates for downstream and recirculating flows with viscosities

being up-dated after varying numbers of iterations during the solution

process. He found •that up-dating viscosities after about 4-6 cycles of

iteration gave very fast convergence rates. Once the iterations converge

to the specifiedtolerance limit, the stream function value at each nodal

point is known.

The computation of pressure distribution follows the

description given in Section 4.4. Once the stream function distribution

Page 99: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

n=N Txy _ (dT)

n=1 n.

-93-

and the pressure distribution are known,. it is possible to draw streamlines

and isobars through the solution domain, as shown in Figure 5.7. In

general terms, the streamlines define flow lines and material never crosses

a flow line. The isobars are supposedly orthogonal to the streamlines,

as can be seen.

5.5.4 Computation of Residence Time Distribution

This subsection describes how the distribution of residence

time of polymer passing through the crosshead is worked out. The time

taken for the polymer to travel along a streamline XY, say, (see Figure

5.7) is calculated by summing the time taken to cross each triangular

element that the streamline passes through. For example, the residence

time along streamline XY, can can be represented as:

where N is the total number of elements that the streamline crosses, n = 1

being the first element and (dT) the time taken to cross the nth element

along the line.

Figure 5.37 represents a typical element that a streamline

crosses. In order to be able to calculate (dT) , the coordinates of the

two points where the streamline crosses the sides of the triangle must be

known. Once these are known, the distance, D, that the polymer travels.

across the element can be worked out The next step is to find the mean

velocity of the polymer within the element, V. From equation (3.20):

h V (5.2)

Page 100: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

r ae) 2 f .lax.

i C , V = (r) 2 . (C2 cos a)2 ./h

J

or:

h2 v2 = 2

(5.3)

94 -

where h is the local channel depth normal to the channel boundaries, and

Qs is the, local volumetric flow rate per unit width normal to the

s-direction. Using equations (3.26) and (3.28), it can be written that:

Since a linear distribution of p is assumed over each element, the velocity

within each element is a constant, i.e. V = constant. Now, (dT)n can be

written as

(dT) n = 5.4)

Hence, the amount of time the polymer spends travelling along any set path

within the die can be calculated.

Figure 5.38 shows the residence time distribution within the

flow channels of the inner, intermediate and outer layers. The time taken

for a particle of polymer melt at a total flow rate of 1 in3/sec to travel

along each of the 9 streamlines has been plotted. The standard deviations

of the residence time distribution graphs are 0.809, 0.917 and 1.626 for

the inner, outer and middle layers, respectively. The more uniform the

residence time distribution, the more uniform is the coating thickness.

5.6 COMPARISON OF THEORY WITH THE EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS

In this section, the experimental results on extrusion pressures and

circumferential cable layer thickness distributions will be compared with

the finite element computations.

Page 101: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-95-

5.6.1 Comparison of Theoretical and Experimental Thickness

Distributions

Although some longitudinal variations in mean layer thicknesses

were detected for a given cable speed (see Sections 5.3.4 and 5.4.2), the

relative circumferential distributions did not change significantly. As

it is, these circumferential variations that are of primary interest in

the present work, it is sufficient to consider dimensionless thickness

distributions, which depended only on cable speed. Dimensionless

thickness in the present context is defined as the ratio between the.

local radial thickness of the particular layer and its mean thickness

obtained by averaging over all the thickness measurements made at the

particular section.

Figures 5.39, 5.40 and 5.41 show dimensionless thickness ,

plotted against angular position, (I), around the cable for the inner screen,

insulation layer and outer screen, respectively. The origin for in

each case corresponds to the position of the nick which is the lowest

point of the cable as it emerged from the crosshead, and c is measured in

the clockwise sense looking along the cable in the direction of motion.

For the screens, the thickness distributions are not significantly

dependent on cable speed and results for only two speeds are shown to

avoid overlapping curves. In the case of the insulation layer, however,

all four speeds are shown 'separately. Corresponding to each cable speed,

the thickness distribution for only one of the five cable samples has

been plotted.

Also shown in Figures 5.39 to 5.41 are the thickness

distributions predicted by the finite element analysis technique described

in Chapter 4. These predictions are for the particular material

properties and crosshead geometries used in the experiments. Perfect

Page 102: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-96-

alignment and concentricity of all crosshead components is assumed.

Hence, the theoretical distributions are symmetrical about 0 = 90° and .

2700, corresponding to the axial plane through the melt inlets to the

deflectors. There is apparently very little agreement between theory and

experiment. In the case of the screens, while the theory predicts very.'

good uniformity of thickness due to a high degree of throttling by the

narrow tapering channels over the points, the distributions achieved in

practice were much worse and of different shapes for the two layers.

Similarly, for the insulation layer, although the measured and predicted

deviations from perfect uniformity are of similar magnitude, they do not

correspond in terms of angular position. Reasons for the observed

discrepancies will be elucidated in the following subsections.

5.6.1.1 Effects of gravitational forces

Taking the insulation layer first, Figure 5.40 shows

that the trend in the measured thickness distribution with increasing

cable speed is towards increased thickness at 0 = 0° and reduced thickness

at 0 = 180°. In other words, the polymer layer became thicker on the

underside of the cable and thinner on top. Temperature measurements

recorded during the bleed trials showed that the melt became significantly.

hotter and less viscous with increasing output rate from the extruder.

The less viscous the melt, the more effect gravity could have had before

curing and cooling stiffened the insulation layer. The resulting

distortion is sometimes known as "peardropping", after the shape produced.

In order to estimate the possible extent of this effect, a, typical

viscosity for low shear rate deformation can be selected from the measured

rheological data. This viscosity can be converted into an equivalent

elastic modulus with the aid of a characteristic time for the deformation,

Page 103: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-97-

in this case selected as 50 seconds. Hence, the deformation of the cable

cross-section, allowing for the presence of the very much stiffer

conductor, can be predicted by a finite element method which is described-

in Chapter 6.

Figure 5.42 shows the predicted insulation layer

thickness distribution due to peardropping at the melt temperature

associated with the highest cable speed. Although shown for a

characteristic time of 50 seconds, the distribution according to this

simple model is proportional to time. Clearly, the maximum changes in

thickness are of a similar order of magnitude to those shown in Figure

5.40. It therefore appears that much of the discrepancy between theory

and experiment for the insulation layer can be explained in terms of

peardropping, the magnitude of which changes with cable speed.

5.6.1.2 Effects of geometric imperfections

With the thin inner and outer screens, there were

apparently negligible gravitational effects, although Figures 5.39 and

5.41 show the thickness deviations to be much greater than predicted.

The thickness of the outer screen was a minimum on the underside and a

maximum on the top of the cable. Similarly, the thickness of the inner

screen was greatest and least at = 270° and 90°, approximately, at the

sides of the cable. These deviations suggest geometric imperfections in

the form of distortion or misalignment of the crosshead components in the

vertical and lateral planes through the cable axis, respectively.

Leaving aside for the moment the possibility that

extrusion pressures caused significant distortion of the deflectors, it is

unlikely that misalignment of the deflectors was responsible for the

observed effects, because the deflectors fitted inside each other with

Page 104: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-98-

only very small clearances. This was not so with the points, however,

and these were screwed into the ends of the deflectors, but were otherwise

unconstrained. In view of the small sizes of the final radial channel

depths associated with the screens, the slightest imperfections in the

alignment of the points would have had considerable effects on thickness

distributions in the finished cable. Misalignment is discussed in more

detail in Chapter 6.

Supposing that there were angular misalignments, 6,

between the axes of the points forming the flow channels for either screen

layer. Provided the direction of this misalignment is known, the method

of flow analysis can accommodate the resulting geometric assymmetry. In

general, it is no longer possible to assume a plane of symmetry between

the two identical halves of a deflector, the only exception being when the

misalignment of the points is in the same plane. Considering the present

experimental results, it is possible to deduce the plane of point

misalignment for the screens as already indicated. Applying the method

of flow analysis with various values of the angle s in these planes until

reasonable agreement between the theoretical and experimental results is

achieved, Figures 5.43 and 5.44 are obtained for the inner and outer

screen thicknesses, respectively. Clearly, the agreements are now very

satisfactory and misalignments would appear to be responsible for the

earlier poor correlations. Note, however, the very small values of a,

0.03° and 0.10°, respectively, involved.

5.6.1.3 Thickness tolerances for high voltage cables insulated

with crosslinked polyethylene

Figures have been agreed internationally (in

Industrial Engineering Chemistry (IEC)) on thickness tolerances for high

Page 105: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-99-

voltage cables having XLPE insulation. The Specification (IEC Pub. 502-1)

lists nominal insulation thicknesses which, for the voltage ranges that

this work is concerned with, i.e. 6/10, 8.7/15, 12/20, 18/30 kV (the'

first figure in each case is the single phase figure and the second is the

three phase, i.e. x single phase),. are independent of conductor size

and are:

kV Nominal Insulation Thickness (mm)

6/10 3.4

8.7/15 4.5

12/20 5.:5

18/30 8.0

The nominal thickness'of a cable sample is arrived at

by measuring the thickness in six positions equi-spaced around the sample

(preferably measured optically using a thin slice of insulation) making

sure that one measurement is at the thinnest place. The nominal thickness

is the average of the six readings. The nominal value so obtained must

not be less than the appropriate, value on the abovetable.

Additionally, the thickness at any place may be less

than the specified nominal value provided that the difference does not

exceed 0.1 mm + 10%.of.the specified nominal value.

The table may therefore. be expanded as follows:

kV Nominal Insulation Thickness (mm) Minimum at a Point (mm)

6/10 3.4 2.96

8.7/15 4.5 3.95

12/20 5.5 4.85

18/30 8.0 7.1

Page 106: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 100 -

It is reasonable to assume that such a tolerance

would apply to higher voltage cables (up to 20 mm radial thickness has

been used in the USA and Japan for working voltages in the 100 to 130 kV

range).

5.6.2 Comparison of Theoretical and Experimental Pressure

Distributions

In addition to predicting polymer layer thicknesses in the

finished cable, the finite element method of analysis is also able to

provide pressure distributions throughout the melts flowing in the

crosshead. Although no pressures within the head were measured during

the experiments, the pressures at the flow inlets for the two streams of .

polymer were recorded. Knowing the steam pressure in the catenary, the

pressure differences across the head were found for comparison with the

computed figures. Table 5.3 shows the results for the four cable speeds

tested. As the measured pressures were subject to small periodic

fluctuations, the relevant ranges are shown. For the inner and outer

screens, although there was only one pressure measured, theoretical

pressure differences were obtained from the separate flow analyses for the

two layers. It was noted from the results that the predicted pressure

drop for the outer screen is slightly higher than the pressure drop for

the inner screen for each cable speed. This difference in pressures can

be explained if the sketch in Figure 5.45 is examined. In the theoretical

analysis, for the inner screen, the pressure drop between the points A and B is

calculated, while, for the outer screen, the pressure drop between the

points A.and D is calculated. The difference in the predicted pressures

of the screens, therefore, could well account for the pressure drop between

the points B and D. An exact theoretical analysis to calculate the

Page 107: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

TABLE 5.3

Measured and Predicted Pressure Differences Across the Crosshead

Cable Speed (m/min)

INSULATION LAYER SCREENS

Theoretical (lbf/in2)

Measured (lbf/in2)

Theoretical Measured (lbf/in2) Inner

(lbf/in2) Outer.

(lbf/in2) Mean

(lbf/in2)

1.45 945 1030-1069 5211 5368 5290 5230-5419

1.72 1020 1085-1090 5217 5225 5221 5275-5430

1.95 1061 1052-1065 5496 5437 5467. 5357-5565

2.43 1105 1080-1082 5577 5536 5557 5400-5412

Page 108: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 102 -

pressure drop between points B and D is quite complicated since the

boundaries are moving and there is more than one material involved.

The theoretical pressure predictions given in Table 5.3 are not

exactly related to the experimentally measured ones, since the predictions

do not include the pressure drop, dp, between the transducer and the melt

inlet to the deflector (see Figure 5.46a). The magnitude of dp is in the

region of 3% of the whole pressure drop for that layer. The analysis

used for the calculation of dp is explained in detail in Appendix A3.

The experimental data was not sufficient to tell the exact

melt temperature of each layer. Thus, it was decided to base the

theoretical pressure calculations on a melt temperature of T = 135°C.

The pressure was initially predicted at a reference temperature of

To = 120°C and then modified using:

u = po exp (— b (T — To)) (5.5)

where the pressure is directly proportional to u, uo being the effective .

viscosity at reference temperature To and reference shear rate yo, and b

being the temperature coefficient of viscosity at constant shear rate.

The dependence of viscosity on pressure has been ignored in this analysis,

since the exact value of a, the pressure coefficient of viscosity, is not

known for the materials used in the experiments. However, it is assumed

that this effect will be negligible.

On the whole, the agreement between predicted and measured

pressure differences is very satisfactory and provides further confirmation

of the validity of the finite element method of flow analysis.

Page 109: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-103-

5.6.2.1 Deflector distortion

While only overall predicted pressure differences

have been compared with measured data, the predicted pressure profiles

within the flow channels can be used to study distortion of the deflectors.

Owing to the large difference between the inlet pressures for the screens

and insulation layer, the deflectors were subject to considerable

differences in pressure between their inner and outer surfaces, which

caused some deformation. This deformation was estimated for a typical

deflector and its effect on melt flow studied with the aid of the finite

element analysis, and found to be negligible. The analysis is described

in greater detail in Chapter 6.

5.7 CONCLUSIONS

The performance of an extrusion crosshead used in the three-layer

covering of high voltage electrical cables has been studied experimentally.

Measurements of overall pressure differences across the head and

circumferential distributions of polymer layer thicknesses were compared

with theoretical finite element analyses of melt flow within the crosshead.

While the agreement on pressures was good, attempts to correlate the

thickness distributions were initially unsuccessful. It was found that,

in the case of the relatively thick polymer insulation layer, the thickness

distributions were influenced as much by gravity after the cable left the

crosshead as by inadequacies in the flow channel design. While the theory

predicted excellent thickness distributions for the thin inner and outer

screen layers, assuming perfect alignment of the crosshead components, the

measured distributions were much less uniform. It was found, however,

that the discrepancies could be explained by very slight misalignments,

typically 0.1° or less, of the deflectors and points at the threaded joints

Page 110: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 104 -

between them. This finding emphasises the need for good mechanical

design and very accurate construction of crosshead components if geometric

imperfections are not to seriously affect performance. The ability of .

the flow analysis technique to predict final thickness distributions,

particularly under conditions of unsymmetrical geometry, justify its use

in designing crosshead deflectors in preference to laborious trial-and-

error methods.

Page 111: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

PAY-OFF ..CONDUCTOR-+EXTRUDER--►WATE.R I3A7H ---.► CAPSTAN--,.CAC3LE WIND 11..1)

Figure 5.1: Equipment used in general cable covering process

Page 112: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Figure 5.2: The equipment used to extrude and cure a three-layer cable

n ------ STORAGE D R.U, M

SEALING GLPF ND

CAPSTAN WHEEL

EXTF,U.510k CROSS HEAD ( XTR..U.D 'R5 MOT 5i+0WN)

5TEAM

CON9u.CTOR CATS N A RY T1A,13 E

WATER Dft,U,M

CRIERA1LLA1a. HALLL--OFF

ō rn

Page 113: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Figure 5.3: The Fawcett and Andouart screw extruders

Page 114: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Figure 5.4: Sealing gland and caterpillar haul-off

Page 115: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

INSULATION MELT IN

~

SCREEN MELT IN

OUTER DEFLECTOR

INTERMEDIATE DEFLECTOR

DEFLECTOR

. " ---+----" .

Figure 5.5: Cross-section through the crosshead assembly

Page 116: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

I J

l

Figure 5.6: The intermediate deflector

Page 117: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

5TaEAMI.►►J i5

)1,0 IS 4,100 $44114 ""%oit

titre axraine X Y

X

Figure 5.7: One half of the inner deflector flow channel plotted on the (z,o) plane

Page 118: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Figure 5.8:' One half of the outer deflector flow channel plotted on the (z,9) plane

Page 119: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Figure 5.9: Sample being collected during bleed trials

Page 120: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

so

70

u 50

W Lf0

30

0 OLE.1D T65T j

0 cAlbLE 1t21A1.5

20

1 0

114 -

10 /0 30

FAWC677 5PEF..D (no m,) 0 >♦.0

50

Figure 5.10: Variation of mass flow rate with Fawcett extruder screw speed during bleed tests and cable trials

Page 121: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 115 -

VILE

55 U

. 1Z E

.

T,

7/4 7/2 3714.

TIM E

5am.pl,e6 viers taken, at posi.tion:s Ouch, have been, ma.rk.ed, with, `x' .

Figure 5.11: One complete cycle of Andouart pressure fluctuations

Page 122: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 116 -

o , 0 corre5pond to aferen,t positions on the, Andott.art rre s5u.re c cLe.

0325 011-t9'd° 447 ,454 gOD-23o r35=3l5°

pO51TIOH or. `fl{ CIRCUMFJr FLENCg. (clocKun5E. FROM THE NICK)

Figure 5.12: Variation of outer diameter round the circumference corresponding to three different stages of the Andouart pressure cycle

Page 123: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

INNER

o

-117-

OUTER

c1.00 6b.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 3b0.00 360.00 POS I T I.ON ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES ),0°

Figure 5.13: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the first sample taken at a cable speed of 1.45 m/min

Page 124: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 O 0

O O

OUTER

INNER

- 118

0

cb.00 60.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES),4°

Figure 5.14: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the second sample taken at a cable speed-of 1.45_mLmi.n ___...

Page 125: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 C)

0

O 0

MIDDLE

INNER

0 • 0

.-,

OUTER

119 -

93.00 60.00 120.00 180.00 2'40.00 3100. .00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES),cp°

Figure 5.15: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers --`_,

of the third sample taken at a cable speed of 1.45-m/min

Page 126: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 N1 RIDDLE

CD

CO

INNER

OUTER

0

gratl

0

- 120 -

93.00 6b.00 120.00 1b0.00 240.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES l , °

Figure 5.16: Circumferential thickness distributions ..of _the-three layers of the fourth sample taken at a cable speed of .1.45 m/min

Page 127: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 N-

INNER

OUTER

- 121

c.00 60.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 3100.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES) 0°

Figure 5.17: Circumferential thickness distribution of the three layers of the fifth sample--taken at a cable speed -of-t.45 m/min

Page 128: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

INNER

OUTER

0 0 m

- 122 -

93.00 60.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (OEGREES), 6°

Figure 5.18: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the first sample taken at a cable speed- of- 1.72 m/min

Page 129: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 123 -

co

0 0 CO CO

oC W I-- Luc

,

J _J

O O

(ID •- W

U I-4 pp Z •

-J CC C3 o CCO iX N

INNER

OUTER

O O

97.00 60.00 120.00 160.00 240.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES)7 4°

Figure 5.19: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers. of the second sample taken at a cable speed of 1.72 m/min

Page 130: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 124 -

0 0 (D(O

W

W ō

—I in J

0 CO •

W

C.)o

• Cr)

J Q ' S

O0 QO

f~N

O

INNER

OUTER

O O .--

91.00 60.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 300.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES)

360.00

Figure 5.20: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the-third sample taken at a cable speed of 1.72 m/min

Page 131: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 125 -

INNER

0 0 •

OUTER

9).00 60.00 120.00 1160.00 2140.00 300.00 360.00. POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES) 0°

Figure 5.21: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the fourth sample taken at a cable speed of 1.72 m/min

Page 132: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 0 co

0 0 .-4

OUTER

INNER

0 O

- 126 -

9l•00 6b.00 120.00 ib0.00 240.00 .3b0.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES)

360.00 o

Figure 5.22: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the fifth sample taken ata cable speed of-1.72 m/min

Page 133: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

b O h

INNER

0 CD

-I

OUTER

- 127 -

0 t7

91.00 60.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE ( .DEGREES),9s°

Figure 5.23: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the first sample taken at a cable speed of 1.95 m/min

Page 134: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 0

INNER

- 128 -

O

OUTER

O O

c1.00 60.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (OEGREES)4

Figure 5.24: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers —of--the—second sample taken at a-cable speed of 1.95 m/min

Page 135: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

O 0 .r

OUTER

INNER

a

-129-

0

9Ū .00 6b .00 120 .00 180.00 240.00 300.00 3b0.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (OEGREES),0°

Figure 5.25: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three. layers of the third sample taken at a cable speed of 1.95 m/min

Page 136: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

N

INNER

OUTER

- 130 -

O

9..00 60.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES),0°

Figure 5.26: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the fourth samplē taken at a cable speed of 1.95 m/min

Page 137: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 0 co

0 N~

INNER

- 131 -

OUTER

91•00 60.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES3,0°

Figure 5.27: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the fifth sample taken at a cable speed of 1.95 m/min

Page 138: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

MIDDLE

-♦

A

INNER

O

OUTER

N

- 132 -

cb.00 6b.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 3b0.00 3b0.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES) p°

Figure 5.28: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the first sample taken ata cable speed of 2.43 m/min

Page 139: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0

Orr

0 0 U 1

NICOLE

a a

OUTER

INNER

-133-

O O

9 .00 613.00 1'20.00 180.00 240.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (DEGREES) , °

Figure 5.29: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three ]avers of the second sample taken at a cable speed of 2.43 m/min

Page 140: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 0 r' MIDDLE

.-4

OUTER

INNER

- 134 -

O 0 93.00 60.00 120.00 180.00 240.00 300.00 360.00

POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (OEGREES),cfr°

Figure 5.30: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the third sample taken at a cable speed of 2.43 m/min

Page 141: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

NIODLE •

A

INNER

O O •

OUTER

C3

03

0

- 135 -

9.00 60.00 .120.00 180.00 2140.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE ( DEGREES ),0

Figure 5.31: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the fourth sample taken at a cable speed of 2.43 m/min

Page 142: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 O

OUTER

INNER

-136-

0 O co

0 N MIDDLE

9.00 60.00. 120.00 ibo.0o 240.00 300.00 360.00 POSITION ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE (OEGREES),c°

Figure 5.32: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the fifths sample-taken at a cable speed of 2.43 m/min

Page 143: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

I

-137-

6

2

4

0 60 120 IWO 210 300 360

POSITION ON TNE CIRC u,M FEU NCE , 40

Figure 5.33: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the first bleed sample taken during the third bleed trial

Page 144: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

138 -

60 120 180 240 20O

p05ITION ON 1HE CIRCU,MFE.MNCE ,

Figure 5.34: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the second bleed sample taken during the third bleed trial

360

Page 145: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Figure 5.35: Circumferential thickness distributions of the three layers of the third bleed sample taken during the third bleed trial

- 13 9 -

MIDDLE

6

2

1

INN Ok • •

CATER

'0 60 120 180 240 300 360

POSITION ON TNE CIRCLI,MFER£NCE ,

Page 146: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

500

440

~00

350

00 ,

0 6x 6

a TI XII o2Ix21 50

- 140 -

1.2. 1. y. , 1.6 f.8 2.0 ovsk-REI.A xATIoN FACTOR

Figure 5.36: Effect of over-relaxation on convergence to a tolerance of 10-6

Page 147: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 141 -

Figure 5.37: A streamline crossing a typical element.

Page 148: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 14 2 -

12.8

q.6

oU.TER . St. C,eVLcL:ti0It o.Rrr

INNER

5t. deviation. 0.80q

3.2

1.6

I I I I I I i 1 l

0.1 0.. 0.3 o.4. o.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 OA

STREAM FUNCTION VALUES CORRESPONDING TO THE STREAMLINES

Figure 5.38: Residence time along the 9 streamlines in the inner, intermediate, and outer deflector flow channels

Page 149: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

TH

ICKN

ESS

THICKN

ESS

•45m /min. CABLE SPEED ❑ 2.43m/min. CABLE SPEED. O THEORY

180 240 0

300 360 60 120

- 143 -

Figure 5.39: Circumferential thickness distribution for the inner screen

Page 150: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

--2.43m/min CABLE • SPEED

0.9

I.95 m/min CABLE SPEED

z wO.9

I • I -= 1.72 m/min CABLE SPEED

V 1.0 2

A • EXPERIMENT O THEORY

cc Lt-1

I • I —1•45m/min CABLE SPEED 0 a

I.O

- 144 -

0.9 0 60 120 180 240 300 360

co o

Figure 5.40: Circumferential thickness distribution for the insulation layer

Page 151: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

1.501—

1.00

A 1•45 m/min CABLE SPEED O 2.43m/min CABLE SPEED O THEORY

CKN

ESS

w 0.50 2 >- J 0 a

60 120 180 0 240 300 360

145 -

Figure 5.41: Circumferential thickness distribution for the outer screen

Page 152: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 146 -

I.25

1.00

w 2

0.90 cn• w z U I ~ 0.75 a w 2 >- J 0 a

0.50. 0 60 120 J80 240 300 360 c O

Figure 5.42: Estimated insulation layer thickness distribution due to gravitational forces

Page 153: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

A I •45 m/ min CABLE SPEED 0 PREDICTED FOR 11=0.03°

.180 240 I

300 360 . 60 120

- 147 -

Figure 5.43: Measured and predicted thickness distributions for the inner ,. screen, allowing for misalignment of the points

Page 154: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

TH

ICK

NESS I MEAN

A I •45m/min CABLE SPEED

PREDICTED FOR fl =0•IO°

0 60 120 180 240 300 360

- 148 -

Figure 5.44: Measured and predicted thickness distributions for the outer screen, allowing for misalignment of the points

Page 155: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

INSULATION MEL 1 IN

1 OU1ER DEFLEC10R

\NIERM£D1ATE 1)EFLECTOR

I NNE R DE FLE C10R

Figure 5.45: Sketch of crosshead ass~mbly

Page 156: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 150 -

ANNULAR FLAW ANflLY5I5

t1A~Jr It' THIS RECTION

PiPE; F)..oW ANALY515 MATE IN THIS REGION

r

MELT INLET 10 TNE 'EFI_!`.CTOR

Figure 5.46a: Pressure drop between transducer and melt inlet to the deflector

\\\\\\\\,,

\\\\\\\\\\ \ \ \\\\\

Figure 5.46b: Flow in a cylindrical pipe

Page 157: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

151 -

CHAPTER 6

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF CABLE ECCENTRICITY

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Among the many quality specifications an insulated cable has to meet,

cable eccentricity is perhaps the most important. This is necessary to

ensure that nowhere will the insulation thickness be below a certain

minimum value. Any improvement of concentricity implies, therefore, an

equivalent reduction of outer insulation diameter requirements, resulting,

in economising on the coating material. Concentricity, as well as other

cable qualities, depends primarily on die design.

In view of these facts, it is surprising to find that no significant

attempts appear to have been made in analysing the process fundamentally,

except by Tadmor & Bird (1974) who analysed the stabilising forces in wire

coating dies. They derived expressions for the lateral force which the

polymeric fluid exerted on an off-centred wire due to secondary normal

stress difference and due to hydrodynamic effects. The lateral force due

to normal stresses (with no axial pressure gradient) tends to restore the

wire to its central location, and the numerical example carried out by

Tadmor & Bird seems to indicate that this force might be significant.

The hydrodynamic stabilising effect comes into action when the wire moves

at an angle to the die. Like lubrication effects, it is due to viscosity.

Contrary to the normal stress effect, the hydrodynamic effect will tend

only to restore the wire axis into a position parallel to the die axis.

Eccentricity will be reduced only if the guider tip, through which the bare

wire passes immediately before getting coated with polymer, is centred.

This, of course, emphasises the need for a perfect mechanical centering of

the guider tip.

Page 158: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 152

In this chapter, possible causes for cable eccentricity are discussed,

bearing in mind the experimental results obtained during the trials

described in the previous chapter.

6.2 HEAD MISALIGNMENT IN RELATION TO THE CATENARY

During the trials described in Chapter 5, in order to accommodate the

straight portion encompassing the splice box and housing, the head on the

catenary plant was slightly "off-line" by a angle a, as shown in Figure

6.1. Due to this head misalignment, a lateral force, F, will be exerted-

by the copper conductor on the tip of the inner point, which will tend to

deflect it downwards. It was decided to calculate the magnitude of this

lateral force in order to see whether or not it will deflect the point

down by a significant amount. If this deflection is significant, then it

is possible that it will result in an eccentric cable.

In order to be able to calculate this lateral force, F, the theory of

a catenary has to be studied. The cable is considered to be attached to

two fixed points A and B and carrying a distributed load along the cable,

as shown in Figure 6.2a. In the case of a cable carrying a distributed

load, the internal force at a point D is a tensile force, T, directed

along the tangent to the curve (see Beer & Johnston (1976)). Figure 6.2b

shows the free body diagram of the portion of the cable extending from the

lowest point C to a given point D of the cable. The forces acting on the

free body are the tension force, To, at C, which is horizontal, the tension

force, T, at D, directed along the tangent to the cable at D, and the

resultant W of the distributed load supported by the portion of cable CD.

Horizontal and vertical equilibrium give:

T cos (6.1) To

Page 159: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 153 -

and:

T sin e= W= w s (6.2)

where w is the load per unit length of cable, s. Therefore:

T = ,JTo2 + w2 62 (6.3)

In order to simplify the subsequent computations, a constant c is

introduced where:

c = To/w (6.4)

Therefore, equation (6.3) can be re-written as:

T = w ie2 + s2 (6.5)

The free body diagram of the portion of cable CD (Figure 6.2b) cannot be

used to obtain directly the equation of the curve assumed by the cable,

since the horizontal distance from D to the line of action of the

resultant W of the load is not known. To obtain this equation, the

horizontal projection of a small element of cable of length ds will first

be written down:

dx = ds cos e (6.6)

From equation (6.1), cos e To/T. Therefore, equation (6.6) can be

re-written using equations (6.4) and (6.5) as:

dx = Too ds = wc ds - ds

T w ✓e2 f 32 1/1 s2/e2 (6.7)

Page 160: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 154 -

Selecting the origin 0 of the coordinates at a distance c directly below

C, as shown in Figure 6.2c, and integrating from C(0,c) to D(x,y):

x = fs = c [s ink-1 (-),s = c sinh-1. (-) o v1 + s 2/c2 ` o

(6.8)

This equation, which relates the length s of the portion of cable CD and

the horizontal distance x, may be written in the form:

s = c Binh () 6.9)

The relation between the coordinates x and y may now be obtained by

writing:

dy = dx tan e = T dx = dx = sinh ( ) dx (6.10)

Integrating from C(0,c) to D(x,y),

y-c = f sinh O dx = c [cash Cx) I= c (cosh — I) o Jo

Therefore: y = c cosh (c)

(6.11)

This is the equation of a catenary with vertical axis, y.

Using equation (6.2), the tension, T, at point B can be calculated,

provided the length of the cable CB, i.e. s, is known. The value of s can

be worked out using equations (6.1), (6.2), (6.4) and (6.9) as follows:

From equations (6.1) and (6.2):

tan 8 - (6.12) ws T o .

Page 161: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

155 -

But, from equation (6.4), T0 = w c; therefore:

tan = s c

(6.13)

Substituting into equation (6.9):

tan e = sieh (—) (6.14)

Since a and x are known, a can be worked out and, using equation (6.9), s

can be calculated. Therefore, the stress in the copper conductor due to

the tension T can be found. The value of this stress at the top of the

catenary, at point B, is approximately 13.9 MN/m2 which is approximately

6.4% of the ultimate tensile strength of copper (UTS of copper = 216 MN/m2).

The lateral force onto the conductor, F, works out to be 81.3 N. The

deflection of the tip of the inner point due to this lateral load can be

calculated assuming that the point acts as a cantilever (see Figure 6.3)

The end deflection, 6, can then be represented as:

_ F L3 3 E

(6.15)

where L is the length of the inner point, E is Young's modulus for mild

steel, which is what the inner point is made of, and i is the mean second

moment of area of the point. The fixed edge of the cantilever shown in

Figure 6.3 corresponds to the threaded part of the inner point where it is

screwed into the end of the inner deflector. The end deflection, 6, at

the tip of the point works out to be 0.0011 mm which is negligible, even

compared to the manufacturing tolerances which are ± 0.0254 mm.

Page 162: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-156-

6.3 MISALIGNMENT OF THE CROSSHEAD COMPONENTS

Comparison of the experimental and theoretical thickness distributions,

discussed in the previous chapter, for the thin inner and outer screens

suggested geometric imperfections in the form of distortion or

misalignment of the crosshead components in the vertical and lateral

planes through the cable axis, respectively. In this section, the exact

interpretation of these misalignments and how they are incorporated into

the flow analysis program will be described. Deflector distortion will

be discussed in Section 6.4.

In the case of the inner layer, the misalignment of the points was in

the plane of symmetry and therefore only one half of the flow channel had

to be studied. The experimental thickness distribution graph for the

inner layer (Figure 5.39) suggested that either the inner or outer body

of the inner layer is off-set in the lateral plane. For this case study,

it was assumed that the inner point is off-set in the negative x-direction,

as illustrated by Figures 6.4a and 6.4b, so as to produce the effect of a

thick polymer layer at the melt inlet side, i.e. at = 270°. Angle 0.,

in Figure 6.4a, represents the angular off-set between the axes of the

inner and intermediate points. The. only modification that has to be made

to the flow analysis computer program is to up-date the channel depth in

the tapering region of the tool set. The next paragraph describes in

detail how the new channel depth in the tapering region is worked out.

Figure 6.4a represents a plan view of the cross-section through the

middle of the inner point cut by a lateral plane. Let us suppose that

ABC and A'B'C' represent the outer surface of the inner point before and

after being off-set, and OD and OD' are the axes of the inner point before

and after the misalignment, respectively. If the broken line in Figure

6.4b represents the inner surface of the intermediate point, then the new

Page 163: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 15 7 -

channel depth distribution, H(z,4), at a given axial distance, z, can be

worked out as a function of (I), using:

H(z,(p) = EG(z) - EF'(z,(1)) (6.16)

where EG is the inner radius of the intermediate point which is a function

of z only. Once the new channel depth distribution which is due to off-

setting of the points is obtained, the flow is analysed to predict the

inner screen thickness distribution round the cable. From Figure 5.39,

it is apparent that the misalignment of the inner point by an angle

a = 0.03° is sufficient to produce the experimental results. Such an

angular off-set will reduce the channel depth right at the tip of the

points, at = 90° (see Figure 6.4b), from 0.051" to 0.049".

In the case of the outer layer, the misalignment of the points was

in the vertical plane, which meant that the flow was no longer symmetrical

about the lateral plane and, therefore, the whole of the flow domain had

to be considered. Figure 6.5 shows the complete flow channel unrolled in

the z,e plane with a few triangular elements and nodal point numbers.

The numbering of the nodes in this case follows a different pattern to

the previous one shown in Figure 3.2. The only difficulty in analysing

the flow for this mesh is the boundary conditions that have to be

prescribed for the heart shape, i.e. for the nodes 8 to 31. It is no

longer valid to assume that the stream function values along the boundaries

of the heart shape are zero, since the off-set is not in the plane of

symmetry. Due to the direction of this misalignment, the flow rate in one

half of the flow channel is greater than the flow rate in the other half.

In order to be able to prescribe the correct stream function values for

the inner boundary, a condition was introduced which stated that the total

Page 164: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 158 -

pressure drop for the upper half of the mesh (in Figure 6.5) should be

equal to the total pressure drop for the lower half. Assuming that the

stream function values for nodes 184 to 202, inclusive, are ~Uoub = 1, and

for nodes 203 to 221, inclusive, '~oZb -

1, the equal pressure criterion

gives rise to a stream function value along the inner boundary of

'iib = -0.21. This value of l'ib

was obtained by trying various different

non-zero values of ip ib

and working out the difference in pressure drops

(tip) for the upper and lower halves of the mesh. It was noticed that

t'ib varied nearly linearly with (op) and, by suitable linear extrapolation,

the corresponding i'ib

value for (tip) = 0 was worked out.

As in the case of the inner screen, the outer screen channel•depths

in the tapering region of the tool set were up-dated, accordingly. The

experimental thickness distribution graphs for the outer layer (see Figure

5.41) suggested that either the outer point or outer die is off-set. In

this case, it was assumed that the outer die is off-set in the positive

y-direction, as illustrated by Figures 6.6a and 6.6b, so as to produce a

thick polymer layer on top of the cable, i.e. at = 180°. Angle s, in

Figure 6.6a, represents the angular off-set between the axes of the outer .

point and outer die. Figure 6.6a shows a view of the cross-section

through the middle of the outer die cut by a vertical plane where ABC and

A'B'C' represent the inner surface of the outer die before and after being

off-set, respectively. Assuming that OD and OD' are the axes of the outer

die before and after the misalignment and the broken line in Figure 6.6b

represents the outer surface of the outer point, then the new channel

depth distribution, H(z,8), at a given axial distance, z, can be written

as:

Hlz, e) = EF'(z, e) — EK(z) (6.17)

Page 165: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 15 9 -

where EK is the outer radius of the outer point. • Once the new.channel

depth distribution is obtained, using the suitable boundary conditions,

the flow is analysed to predict the outer screen thickness variation round

the cable. From Figure 5.41, it can be deduced that a misalignment of the

outer die by S = 0.10° is sufficient to produce the experimental results.

Such an angular off-set reduces the channel depth at exit from the die,

i.e. at point C, corresponding to = 0°, from 0.022" to 0.019".

(see. Faye t5cia.)

6.4 THEORETICAL ANALYSIS OF DEFLECTOR DISTORTION

The object of this analysis is to calculate the magnitude of

deformation of the outer surface.of the outer deflector due to a net

hydrostatic pressure of more than 4000 lbf/in acting on it (see Table

5.2c) and comparing the thickness distribution of the outer screen due to

the distorted deflector with the undistorted one. Deformation takes

place only at the deflector channel walls which are treated as thin

cylindrical shells with fixed edges, corresponding to the island

boundary in the middle and the upper boundary, as shown in Figure 6.7.

The theoretical analysis follows very closely that presented by Timoshenko

& Woinowsky-Kreiger (1959) for the general case of deformation of a

cylindrical shell.

In order to be able to establish the differential equations for the

displacements u, v and w which define the deformation of a shell in three

dimensions, the equations of equilibrium of an element cut out from the

cylindrical shell by two adjacent sections perpendicular to the axis of

the cylinder and by two adjacent axial sections (Figure 6.8) are required.

The corresponding element OABC of the middle surface of the shell after

deformation is shown in Figures 6.9a and 6.9b with the resultant forces and

moments, respectively. Before deformation, the axes x, y and z at any

Page 166: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 159a -

In practice, it was not possible to measure point misalignment to

justify these results since the crosshead die assembly was dismantled soon

after the experiments were carried out. Offsetting of points has only

been inferred by the analysis. However, its practical significance is

extremely important in that if misalignment cannot be avoided then its

effects may be more serious than any deficiencies in deflector design.

Page 167: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 160 -

point 0 of the middle surface had the directions of the generatrix, the

tangent to the circumference, and the normal to the middle surface of the

shell, respectively. After deformation, which is assumed to be very

small, these directions are slightly changed. The z axis is then taken

to, be the normal to the deformed middle surface, the x axis in the

direction of a tangent to the generatrix, which may have become curved,

and the y axis perpendicular to the x,z plane. The directions of the

resultant forces will also have been slightly changed accordingly, and

these changes must be considered in writing the equations of equilibrium

of the element OABC. The derivation of the equilibrium equations is

described in detail in Appendix A4 which can be expressed in their three-

dimensional form as follows:

a x N a

ax DO

a2w a Qx

ax2 —a x4 ax2 a2v

av a2w a2v aw, ax ax a cp) N (

ax ac āx) -

aN axcp 32v ay a2w

a¢+ a

ax + a Nx

ax2 Qx (Ti ax 34)

(6.18)

a2v

N4)x ax a 4 aa ax) Q~ (1 + a 4

, aaej a

0

a aQx f aQ~ x~ fax ax a~) + a N a22 ax a~ ax

2

w

2 +N !~ +

aaad a 2~ +N4x ~āx ax acp) f qa =

a a~

where Qx and Q are the shearing forces parallel to the z axis, and Nx, N

and x1

are the membrane forces per unit length of axial section and a

section, perpendicular to the axis of the cylindrical shell; q is the

Page 168: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 161 -

intensity of a normal pressure acting on the shell; M and x are the

bending moments per unit length of axial section and a section

perpendicular to the axis of the cylindrical shell, respectively; Mx is

the twisting moment per unit length of an axial section of the cylindrical

shell; and a and h are the mean radius and thickness-of the cylindrical

shell, respectively.

The three equations of rotational equilibrium with respect to the x,

y and z axes (Figure 6.9b) can be derived as before for the equilibrium

equations, by taking into consideration the small angular displacements of

the sides BC and AB with respect to OA and OC, respectively. These

equations are:

%V aM ~

a2v a2v aw = a

ax — a Mx

axe M# f ax 4 ax ) a

~~

2 OV a x f a x

? ~

v a. ax ax2

M a 2v aw ax act)

ax) a Qx = 0

(6.19)

2 2 2 MX ( ax ax a~J f a Mx

a 2 M~x 11 + aaa

4 + a w2)

ax a a~

av 2 — M (ax f ax a~2 4- a (x~ — N~ x ) = 0

In the derivation of equations (6.18) and (6.19), the change of

curvature of the element OABC was taken into consideration. This

procedure is necessary if the forces N , N~ and N

are not small in

comparison with their "critical" values, at which lateral buckling of the

shell may occur. If these forces are small, their effect on bending is

negligible and, therefore, all terms containing the products of the

resultant forces or resultant moments with the derivatives of the small

displacements u, v and w can be omitted from equations (6.18) and (6.19).

Page 169: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

aN a al ▪ x0

1 DAY aN

0 4-a

34) ax ax a

34

(6.21)

-162-

Thus, equations (6.18) and the first two equations of (6.19) reduce to:

a x aN - a

ax a4)

aN

0

DN

f a x4) QA 0

34) ax

a aQxaQ~+Nfga = 0 ax a(1)

9M aM ~x +a

x aQx = 0

a(15 3x

(6.20)

Eliminating the shearing forces Qx and Q, equations (6.20) simplify to:

ax aN▪ (Px

a -

0 ax

a2M(1)x a2m a2

(1) 1 a2M~

f a 4- + ax 30 ax2 ax a0 a 342

q a =

Finally, the three equations in (6.21) can be expressed in terms of the

displacements u, v and w as follows:

a?u 1— v a2u + 1 f v a2v v aw =

ax2 2 2a ax aci) a ax

1+ v a2u 1- v a2v ▪ 1 a2v 1 aw 2 ax a4 + a

2 ax2 a.2 `E''.57-1) a~

(6.22)

h2 l

a3w +

a3w 1 +

h2 (1 v) a

2v a2v 12a

8x2 a~ a2 De12a ax2 a2 42

and:

Page 170: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 16 3 -

v au f 37,w _ h2 (a D 4 w + 2 a4w + @44,

ax a 4 a 12 ax4 a ax2 42 a3 44

— h2 (2 — v a 3v a 3v ) = a q (1 — v2)

12 a ax2 a~ a3 43 E h

where E is the modulus of elasticity in tension and compression, and v is

Poisson's ratio. The intermediate steps between equations (6.21) and

(6.22) are shown in Appendix A5. Timoshenko & Woinowsky-Krieger (1959)

have stated that other investigators have shown that the last two terms on•

the left hand side of the second equation in (6.22) and the last term on

the left hand side of the third equation are small quantities of .the same

order as those which were disregarded by assuming a linear distribution of

stress through the thickness of the shell and by neglecting the stretching

of the middle surface of the shell. Therefore, it will be logical to omit.

the above-mentioned terms and use the following simplified system of

equations in the analysis of thin cylindrical shells:

32u 1—v32u1fv 32v _ v3w = ax2 2a2 42

2a ax 4 a ax 0

1 f v a2u 1 - 2 ax a. ~ a 2

a2v 1 a2v

ax2 a ae

1 3w a a cp

0 (6.23).

DV w h2 ( a4w + 2 a4w f a4w a ) =

x a a a 12 ax4 a ax2 42 a3 44

a q (1 - v2) Eh

Assuming that there are no variations in the x-direction, i.e. Ox = 0,

equations (6.23) further reduce, and the first equation becomes:

1 — v a2u

2a2 a~2 0

Page 171: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 16 4 -

Therefore:

u = A 4 + B

where A and B are the constants of integration. For a cylindrical shell

with fixed edges (see Figure 6.10):

= 0 ; therefore B = '0

= 0 ; therefore A = 0

Therefore:

(6.24)

The second equation in (6.23) reduces to:

1 a2v 1 aw _ ā 42 a 0

Therefore: a2v

ac2

av ' w +A

where A is the constant of integration.

av = 0 and therefore A =

Therefore: av 7 = w (6.25)

Finally, the third equation in (6.23) reduces to:

1 av — w _ h2 aYw _ a q (1 — v2)

a 147 a 12a3 ati)4 E h

at

at

= e

Page 172: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

at = 0

- 165 -

Substituting from equation (6.25), for lav/a0), the simplified equation

below is obtained:

_ 12 a4 q (1 — v2) (6.26)

E h3

Let: 12 a4 q (1 — v2)

(6.27) E h3

Therefore: a4w = z (6.28)

which is the governing equation for the deformation of the deflector

channel walls in the radial z-direction. Integrating equation (6.28)

gives:

a4w a44

w = e c3 e

Z 24" 6 tB 2 fC~ f D (6.29)

where A, B, C and D are constants of integration. From Figure 6.10, there

are 4 boundary conditions, i.e.

= 0 , 9w _

(6.30)

at c = 0 , DW _ a 0

Thus, the 4 unknowns A, B, C and D can be found and, substituting into

equation (6.29), give:

w = 24 (~4 — 20 0+ .02 .~2) (6.31)

Using this equation, the deflection of each triangular element in the flow

domain was calculated and it was found that, for a net hydrostatic pressure

difference of about 4300 lbf/in2, the mean deflection was 1.2% of the mean

Page 173: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 166 -

channel depth. With the new channel depth distribution of the distorted

deflector, the flow was re-analysed in order to predict the outer layer

thickness distribution. Figure 6.11 compares the dimensionless thickness

round the circumference of the outer screen for the distorted and

undistorted deflectors. Results show that hardly any difference exists

between the two distributions. Hence, it was concluded that effect of

deflector distortion on melt flow uniformity was negligible.

6.5 CABLE ECCENTRICITY DUE TO GRAVITATIONAL FORCES

The effect of gravitational forces on cable eccentricity was

demonstrated earlier on in Section 5.6.1.1. In this section, the method

of analysis used for examining. the peardropping effect will be described.

Figure 6.12 shows a cross-section of the cable which is a solid conductor

surrounded by a thick layer of solid polymer on which gravity acts. The

object of this analysis is to predict the cross-sectional shape of the

cable as a function of time using the finite element method. In this

analysis, the cable is treated as a plane body of uniform thickness and

its elastic behaviour is studied. The body is assumed to have isotropic,

though not necessarily homogeneous, elastic properties and to deform under

the condition of plane strain. The in-plane area of the body is divided

into triangular three node elements which have distinct elastic properties.

The method used for generating the circular mesh is described in detail in

Appendix A6. For the purpose of this analysis, 217 nodal points and 384

elements were used and the numbering of the nodes and elements are shown

in Figure 6.12. In-plane displacement components, which are assumed to

be small, were used as the nodal point variables. Linear displacement

fields are assumed over each element, implying constant element strains

and stresses.

Page 174: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 16 7 -

If inertia forces are negligibly small, the equilibrium equations

for the three coordinate directions can be expressed as:

aa aa aa xx + xy + xz

ax ay az

Da Da aa yx + ~ f yz

Y -r- = 0 ax ay az

3a aa aa zx +

z y,

zz

ax ay az + Z

-

=

(6.32)

(6.33)

(6.34)

where 7, -land z are the local components of the body forces per unit

volume acting on the continuum in the coordinate directions. In •the

present analysis, 7 = z = 0 and 7 represents the gravitational forces.

Due to the slow fluid flow which is dominated by pressure and viscous

forces, the inertial effects are neglected. Assuming the surface

tractions applied to the body are in the x-y plane, the resulting state of

strain at such a section is two-dimensional, being independent of z and

with w = 0, where w is the displacement in the z-direction. Therefore,

for the two-dimensional analysis, equations (6.32) to (6.34) reduce to:

aa aa xx + xy _ 0

ax ay

Da aa xy# yy + y = 0

ax ay

Da zz = 0

az

(6.35)

(6.36)

(6.37)

and the direct and shear components of strain or strain rate may be

defined as:

Page 175: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 168 -

0

au exx = ax

= = au a

xy eyx ay 3x

av aw e

=

= zy az ay

aw au = exz ax āz

ezz = āz = 0 (6.38)

(6.39)

(6.40)

(6.41)

av eyy

āy

Provided there are no temperature changes, for a material which is

homogeneous, isotropic and linearly elastic, the constitutive equations

are:

Ē {axx - v (ayy +

azz) J

1 {a y - v (azz xx) J

ezz = Ē [6zz - v (a XX

+ ayy ) J

exy axy _ 2 (1 + v) a

G E

xy

(6.42).

(6.43)

(6.44)

(6.45)

where E is Young's modulus, G is the shear modulus, and v is Poisson's

ratio. For plane strain cases, equation (6.44) reduces to:

azz = v (xx + ayy ) (6.46)

Page 176: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 169 -

6.5.1 Finite Element Formulation of a Two-Dimensional Biharmonic

Equation

In this sub-section, the formulation of a finite element

analysis for two-dimensional problems of the plane strain type will be

described. Since displacements are treated as the unknowns, the method

is unsuitable for plane strain problems involving incompressible materials.

Figure 6.13 shows the nodal point displacements for a typical element.

The displacements at points within the element are given by:

u (x,y) = C1 f C2 x + C3 y (6.47)

v(x,y) = C4 + Cs x + C6 y (6.48)

where C1 to C6 are constant for the particular element, and x and y are

local coordinates with the origin at node i. Now, C1 = u2, C4 = vi and

the remaining parameters can be found with the aid of equations (4.27) and

(4.29) as:

IC2 C5 1 b . b~ bk

C3 C6 2~m

a. a. ak ,

u . V Z . 2

U. v

•uk vk,

(6.49)

where the definitions of element dimensions and areas are exactly the same

as described in Section 4.2.

The analysis of plane strain involves only the strain

components exx, eyy and exy. Using the strain definitions given in

equations (6.38) and (6.39), these may be re-expressed as:

Page 177: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

a.

b.

b. o b.

2 0

0 a2 0

.az b2 aj

-170-

Du ax

xx

yy

C2

1 2 m

(6.50)

C3 +C

where B is a dimension matrix:

and d2 is a subvector of displacements:

a. = (6.52)

Since the analysis is formulated with displacements as the

unknowns, which are continuous across the inter-element boundaries,

compatibility of strains is automatically satisfied within each element

(see Fenner (1975)) .

The strains, and therefore the corresponding stresses ate, ay

,

and axy, are constant over each element. Figure 6.14a shows these

stresses acting on a rectangular prism of unit thickness. Their effects

can be expressed in terms of equivalent forces acting at the mid-points of

the sides of the element, as shown in Figure 6.14b. These forces at the

mid-points can further be replaced by an equivalent set acting at the nodes,

as shown in Figure 6.14c. In order to maintain the same resultant force

Page 178: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 171

and moment about any point on a side of the element, the force at the mid-

point must be replaced by two equal forces of half the magnitude at the

relevant nodes. For example:

U. = - 2 (aXx

axy ak) -2 (a b. + x

r~ a~)

and: V. _ - 2 (a ak b ) -32 (a a.+a b.)

~y k k yU d xy i

Using the definition of element dimensions; ak + a~ - a2,

bk + b. _ - b.. Therefore, the above two expressions become:

U. = 2 (agi b.+ a a.)

V. = 2 (ayy a .+ a

b.)

(6.53)

(6.54)

Similar expressions can be obtained for the other force components acting

on the element at its nodes to give:

R. axx BT aYU

Rk, .arm,

(6.55)

where BT is the transpose of the dimension matrix defined in equation (6.51), and the force terms, such as R., are subvectors:

U. R. 2 (6.56)

V. 2

Page 179: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

1 eYY = —E xy ,

(1 - 2)

—v (1 +v)

0

— v (1 + v)

(1 — v2)

0

crYY

2 (1 + v)) .6xY:

(6.58) 0

- 172 -

In the present analysis, forces acting on the element include

those due to gravity. Using the definition given in Section 6.5 for

the total body force acting on the element in the y-direction is Yam.

This force acts at the centroid of the element and it is equivalent to

3 Y om acting at each of the three nodes of the element. Hence, the body

force at a node i, due to element m, can be represented as:

G(m) = m 3 11 6.57)

The relationships between stresses and strains can be obtained

with the aid of the constitutive equations (6.42) to (6.45). Assuming

the plane strain condition and using equation (6.46), the constitutive

equations become:

Equation (6.58) may be inverted to give stresses in terms of strains as

follows:

D e (6.59)

where D is the elastic property matrix, defined as:

1 v*

~* 1

0 0 . (1 — v *)

D = E*

1 —

(6.60)

Page 180: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 173 -

and the modified material properties are:

E v 1 — v

- v2 6.61)

Substituting equation (6.59) into equation (6.55) and using

equation (6.50) for the definition of strains, the forces acting on the

element at the nodes due to the internal stresses can be expressed in

terms of the corresponding displacements as:

R . 2

R.

Rk

4 BTD.B m

S. 2

(Si (6.62)

•k

This result may be expressed as:.

Rm = kn Sm (6.63)

where sm is the element displacement vector, and km is the element stiffness

matrix given by:

BT

11

k21

-k31

k12

k22

k32

k13,

k23

k33- m

D B 4~ m

(6.64)

where each of the coefficients is a 2 x 2 submatrix which can be expressed

as:

krs

k k xx xy

kyx kyy rs

6.65)

Page 181: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 174 -

For example, k

in this submatrix can be interpreted as the force which

must be applied in the x-direction to the element at the node corresponding

to the rth row of R (that is, i, j or k, according to whether r is 1, 2

or 3) to cause a unit displacement in the y-direction at the node

corresponding to the sth row of m. The element stiffness matrix in

equation (6.64) in its full form is, therefore, a 6 x 6 matrix.

The overall stiffness matrix is assembled using the direct

equilibrium method. The actual internal stresses and body forces acting

on individual elements have been replaced by the equivalent forces acting

at the nodes of the mesh. The conditions required for equilibrium can be

expressed as:

externally applied forces on the elements L (forces at the nodes) L ( at these nodes )

Therefore, for equilibrium of forces acting at node i:

F G(m) = R(m) (6.66)

where the subvector F. represents the forces applied externally at the

node, which is not applicable in the present analysis since F. = 0. The

summations indicated in the equation above are performed for elements which

share the node i. The set of equations for all the nodes can be

expressed as:

K S = G (6.67)

where K, s and G are the overall stiffness matrix, displacement vectors,

and body force vectors, respectively. Equation (6.67) can also be derived

using a variational formulation of the finite element analysis which

Page 182: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-175-

provides a more general approach than the above direct equilibrium method

(see Fenner (1975)).

In order to be able to solve the linear algebraic equations

represented by equation (6.67), the iterative Gauss-Seidel successive over-

relaxation approach is used which is similar to the method used for

solving equation (4.36) for harmonic problems. The sufficient condition

for convergence of the Gauss-Seidel method is diagonal dominance of the

overall stiffness matrix. For harmonic problems, this condition is

achieved if there are no obtuse-angled elements so that every element

stiffness matrix is diagonally dominant (see Fenner (1975)). For

biharmonic problems, however, the 6 x 6 element stiffness matrix, km,.

defined by equation (6.64) is never diagonally dominant. Without

attempting to present a detailed analysis of the stiffness matrix, Fenner

(1975) has stated that the best conditions for convergence of the Gauss-

Seidel method applied to biharmonic problems are obtained when the elements

are as nearly equilateral as possible. Provided long thin elements and.

angles greater than 90° are avoided, convergence is generally satisfactory.

The rate of convergence was increased with the use of an over-relaxation

factor. For the present analysis, with 217 nodal points, an over-

relaxation factor of 1.75 was used, and the tolerance limit was chosen to

be 10'6.

Before the overall linear algebraic equations (6.67) can be

solved, boundary conditions have to be applied which could be in the form

of either externally applied forces or restraints on the nodal point

displacements. For example, the points on a particular boundary may be

given prescribed displacements, or may be allowed to move freely in a

prescribed direction. In the present analysis, node number 44 which

corresponds to the top of the copper conductor is fixed so that both

Page 183: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 176 -

deflections in the x and y-directions are zero and node numbers 56, 182

and 206 are allowed to move freely in the y-direction only.

After prescribing the boundary conditions, equation (6.67) can

be solved to give the u and v deflections corresponding to each of the

nodal points. Hence, the drooped shape of the cable cross-section can be

worked out as a function of time. In order to simplify the analysis,

since the effect of gravity is relatively more significant in the case of

the thick insulation layer, the section was assumed to consist of only two

materials, i.e. the copper conductor and the surrounding crosslinking low

density polyethylene. Body forces were assumed to act only on the polymer

such that:

P1 = 0 and p2 =

0.0293 lb/in3

where the subscripts 1 and 2 refer to the two materials, copper and polymer,

respectively, and p is material density. Given a melt viscosity, u2,

which may be assumed constant at the very low rates of deformation

involved, and assuming that with small strains the deformation varies

linearly with time, an effective modulus for deformation after a time, t,

can be defined as: Pr

G2 = t

Therefore, assuming a characteristic deformation time of 50 seconds for

drooping, the effective shear modulus for the polymer works out to be:

G2 = — = 3•50 3 = 0.06546 lbf/int 50

Assuming the polymer to be incompressible, i.e. v = , its Young's modulus

can be calculated as follows:

E2 = 2 G2 (1 + v2) = 3 G2 = 0.196 l bf/i n2

In the present finite element method, however, v, cannot be made exactly

equal to , since this will mean that the common factor, (E*/1-v*2),

Page 184: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 17 7 -

involved in the coefficients of the elastic property matrix in equation

(6.61) will become infinite. For the purpose of the present analysis,

was chosen to be:

= 0.49

The elastic properties used in the analysis for the very much stiffer

copper conductor were:

= 1010 lbf/int

vi 0.3

Figure 6.15 shows the cable cross-section before and after a

characteristic time of 50 seconds of drooping and the new position that

each nodal point has moved to. Since this is a linear elastic problem,

the deflections u and v vary linearly with the drooping time. The

experimental results for the insulation layer (Figure 5.40) suggest that

the maximum changes in thickness are of similar order of magnitude with

the predicted thickness distribution due to peardropping after a

characteristic time of 50 seconds at the melt temperature associated with

the highest cable speed.

6.6 MELT ELASTICITY EFFECTS IN POLYMER FLOW

The most important melt elasticity effects that may be significant to

the present analysis are die swell and melt fracture. In the next two

sub-sections, these effects will be discussed briefly.

6.6.1 Die Swell

Under most conditions, if a viscoelastic fluid is extruded from

Page 185: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-178-

a die into air without subsequent drawing, the cross-sectional area of the

extrudate will exceed that of the die exit. This phenomenon is usually

called die swell. In the most common case, that of the circular die,

diameter ratios of extrudate to die in the range of 2 or 3 are often

observed (Middleman (1977)). In general, it is agreed that die swell is

an elastic stress relaxation phenomenon. However, no single theory of

die swell seems to be generally accepted, each theory being based on some

assumption regarding the effect of stress relaxation on the dynamics of

the extruded jet. Middleman summarised some of the difficulties

associated with developing a rational basis for understanding the die

swell phenomenon and stated that no one is yet near a rational and

comprehensive understanding of this important phenomenon. Although it is

assumed that die swell normally only occurs with elastic materials,

Batchelor et al (1969) have encountered and explained situations where die

swell occurs in the absence of conventional elastic effects.

Bagley et al (1963) have shown that die swell decreases with

increase in the shear strain in the capillary. This is one of the most

important factors determining the die swell of a given polymer which

indicates that continuing strain causes disentanglement of the molecular

chains. They have also showed that, at a fixed shear rate, die swell

decreases with an increase in the length of the die. Die swell increases

with shear up to a limit which is near to the critical shear rate, beyond

which it starts decreasing. According to Metzger et al (1968), the

greater the residence time in the capillary, the less is the die swell.

Experimental studies have been made on this subject by various people and

Brydson (1970) presents some of their important conclusions.

Die swell is not directly relevant to cable covering since the

polymer is extruded onto a conductor which is drawn down in the catenary.

Page 186: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-179-

Therefore, even if there is any swelling immediately after the cable leaves

the die, it will disappear on emerging from the catenary.

6.6.2 Melt Fracture

When operating an extruder at a high output rate, the

extrudate takes on a rough, irregular appearance which is attributed to.

the physical breakdown of the melt. This phenomenon, known as melt

fracture or, more generally, extrudate distortion, occurs when the shear

stress of the melt exceeds its shear strength, such as for example in an

extrusion die where, due to a substantial reduction in channel width, a

sudden increase occurs in the shear rate:

A recent, comprehensive and critical review of the melt

fracture phenomenon by Petrie & Denn (1976) shows that melt fracture is

still poorly understood. Results are often contradictory and

generalisations of a quantitative and predictive nature are rare. Petrie

& Denn suggest that two different phenomena occur, both of which are of

the nature of elastic instabilities. In linear polymers, the instability.

probably occurs in the shear flow of the die. In branched polymers, the

converging entry flow is probably unstable and leads to unsteady flow and

melt fracture. A good understanding of the nature of these instabilities

does, not yet exist.

Page 187: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 180 -

o of COnci.u.ctor

Figure 6.1: Sketch showing head misalignment in relation to catenary

Page 188: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 181 -

Figure 6.2a: Cable fixed at two ends with a distributed load

Figure 6.2b: Free body diagram of a portion of the cable

0(o .o

Figure 6.2c: Catenary in relation to coordinate axes

Page 189: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

182 -

L

Figure 6.3: Cantilever with a point load

Figure 6.4a: Misalignment of axes of inner and intermediate points

'Figure 6.4b: Inner screen .channel depth distribution at exit from the points before and after the misalignment

Page 190: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

► 2O 2. z

243

Figure 6.5: Complete flow channel plotted on the (z,e) plane, showing. some of the triangular finite elements and nodal points

Page 191: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 p- vie

- 184 -

Figure 6.6a: Misalignment of axes of outer point and outer die

Figure 6.6b: Outer screen channel depth distribution at exit from the points before and after the misalignment

Page 192: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 185 -

Figure 6.7: Boundary conditions imposed for analysing deflector distortion

Figure 6.8: Element in cylindrical shell formed by two adjacent sections perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder and by two adjacent axial sections

Page 193: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 186 -

Figure 6.9a: Typical element from the middle surface of the shell after deformation with the resultant forces

Page 194: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 187 -

Figure 6.9b: Typical element from the middle surface of the shell after deformation with the resultant moments

Figure 6.10: Cylindrical shell with fixed edges

Page 195: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

188 -

1.00 x ~ x RA

DIA

L ī

HICK

NE

55

0:15

Z 0.50

0 z U x r a

0.25

0

X U.N-DI5TOR.Tet DEFLgCTOR. "

1)15TOR.TFD ~1✓FLJCTOR

I I I I 1 1

30 Go ao 120 150 I6O

1)051110N ON TH6 CIrtct MFzitemc6 0

Figure 6.11: Circumferential thickness distributions for the distorted and undistorted deflectors

Page 196: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 189 -

Figure 6.12: Circular finite element mesh representing a cross-section of conductor and polymer

Page 197: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 190 -

uk

iv4

Figure 6.13: Displacement of a typical element

Figure 6.14a: Stresses acting on an enclosing prism

Figure 6.14b: Forces acting at the mid-points of the element sides

Figure 6.14c: Forces acting at the nodes

Page 198: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 191 -

_ _ __ PEFoRE Z110O7I106- Act' EFL, 2 ooPi NG

Figure 6.15: Cable cross-section before and after a characteristic time of 50 seconds of drooping

Page 199: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

192 -

CHAPTER 7

TEMPERATURE DEVELOPMENT IN PRESSURE FLOWS

7.1 INTRODUCTION

The analysis considered so far for narrow channel flow assumes that

the flow is isothermal. This means that any temperature variations within

the flow, due to either the dissipation of mechanical energy or to heat

conduction at the flow boundaries have negligible effects on the viscous

properties of the melt. In order to confirm the validity of this

assumption, a somewhat simplified form of the actual melt flow in the

crosshead will be considered in this chapter, to compute the temperature

development in the flow channels.

In extrusion, a molten polymer is forced through a die by a pressure

gradient. The energy required to maintain this flow is equal to the

pressure drop in the die flow channels. Most of this energy is being

dissipated in areas of high shear stress which are close to the walls.

Therefore, in designing an extruder die, it is important to know how much

the temperature field in the melt is influenced by the dissipation of flow

energy and by heat conduction towards the walls, and how the temperature

field can be changed through geometry and through the thermal boundary

conditions. The developing temperature and velocity fields are coupled

and, once the temperature field is known, it is possible to calculate the

temperature effects on the velocity field, on the shear stresses and on the

pressure drop.

Brinkman (1951) is one of the - first authors who studied the developing

temperature field in a capillary, analytically, for a Newtonian flow.

Bird (1955) extended Brinkman's method of analysis to describe the heat

effects for the flow of non-Newtonian fluids which obey.a power-law

Page 200: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 193

relation between the coefficient of viscosity and the shear stress. He

made calculations for developing temperature profiles, assuming that.

(i) the capillary walls are maintained at the temperature of the feed, and

(ii) the capillary walls are thermally insulated. Martin (1967) has

given exact solutions for flows of power-law fluids with heat generation

and temperature dependent viscosity for pressure flow through a circular

tube, shear flow between rotating concentric cylinders and shear flow

between parallel plates. Yates (1968) has treated developing non-

isothermal flow in extruder channels. Forsyth & Murphy (1969) developed

a generalised method for calculating temperature profiles of flowing power-

law fluids during heating, cooling and isothermal flow. They solved the

transport equations of continuity, momentum and energy for a compressible

fluid with temperature dependent power-law viscosity and temperature

dependent density and thermal properties, and showed that their predictions

lie within 6% of the experimental results. Winter (1971) calculated

developing temperature and velocity fields for a Newtonian fluid in plane

Couette flow with a temperature dependent viscosity assuming a locally and

timewise constant wall temperature. Experimental studies have been made

on the effects of temperature on the pressure drop and the average

temperature increase by Gerard & Philippoff (1965) and Cox & Macosco (1974).

The radial temperature distribution has also been studied experimentally

by Forsyth &'Murphy (1969) and Griskey et al (1973). The experimental

results seem to support the corresponding analytical studies quite well.

The fluid flow and heat transfer problems are usually solved by using

the traditional finite difference procedures. For example, using

temperature and strain rate dependent viscosity relations, Fenner (1970)

and Martin (1969) illustrated the thermal effects on the flow

characteristics of extruder channels. An investigation of non-isothermal

Page 201: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 194

fully developed extruder channel flow was also carried out by Dyer. (1969)

using a finite difference formulation in cylindrical coordinates.

Vlachopoulos & Keung (1972) studied heat transfer to a power-law fluid

flowing between parallel plates and solved the equations numerically using

the finite difference method. Winter (1975) analysed numerically the

development of the temperature fields in extruder dies with circular,

annular and slit cross-section, using the dimensionless parameters Na

(Nahme number) and. Gz (Graetz number). He used a power-law fluid with a

temperature dependent viscosity described by an exponential function.

There seems to be very little published work in the field of

convective heat transfer using the finite element method. Some Of the

few workers in this field include Tay & Davis (1971) who demonstrated the

application of the FE technique to a convection heat transfer problem,

which consisted of determining the temperature distribution for a fluid of

constant physical properties flowing between two infinite parallel planes.

There was no internal heat generation and the velocity profile was fully

developed. Palit (1972) also applied the finite element approach to

extruder channel flow with conduction, convection and viscous dissipation

effects. Nebrensky et al (1973) applied a variational analysis in helical

coordinates to the problem of a developed, steady-state flow in a screw

extruder. They derived a functional in a general form, including inertia,

convective and conductive heat transfer, and pressure and viscous energy

dissipation effects.

7.2 BASIC EQUATIONS DEFINING THE PROBLEM

The object of this analysis is to determine temperature rises in

pressure flows of the type encountered in cable covering crossheads. As

for extruder melt flow analysis, a useful assumption can be adapted which

Page 202: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 195 -

was first employed by Yates (1968). This assumption treats velocity

profiles as being locally fully developed, i.e. they vary very slowly by

virtue of developing temperature profiles. Figure 7.1 shows a cross-

section through a flow channel formed by two flat stationary surfaces,

where the typical channel depth is h, initial value h1 and the channel

length is L. Melt is admitted to the channel at x = 0 at, say, a constant

temperature T = T1 (where, in general, T1 = TT(y)) and the flow boundaries

are maintained at temperature T. = Tb(x). Let x and y be Cartesian.

coordinates as.shown in Figure 7.1 and let y be always measured from the

mean channel depth. Although h may be allowed to vary in the axial

direction, it is required that:

(8x l « 1

If the volumetric flow rate is maintained at Q per unit width normal

to the plane shown in Figure 7.1, the main interest lies in the magnitudes

of the temperature changes in the melt as it moves a distance L along the

channel. Let u be the melt velocity component in the x direction

(u = u(x)). Assuming the melt density to be constant and the flow to be

steady, the volumetric flow rate per unit width normal to the section shown

is the same at every section along the channel and is given by:

-01/2 h/2 = f u dy 2 f u dy

-h/2 0

(7.2)

the last result only being valid when the boundary temperature profile,

Th(x), is the same for both boundaries.

Using equations (3.8), (3.9) and (3.10), the momentum conservation

equations in the x direction reduces to:

Page 203: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 196 -

c ax

(7.3)

where p is the pressure, x is the. pressure gradient in the x direction,

and Txy is the viscous stress.

From equation (3.11), retaining x-convection, y-conduction and viscous

dissipation, the energy conservation equation becomes:

DT 2 p Cp u ax = k a

2+ Txy ay

ay 7.4

where p, Cp and k are melt density, specific heat and thermal conductivity,

respectively, and T is the local temperature where T = T(x,y)

The constitutive equation gives:

du = u dry

(7.5)

where u is the melt viscosity which is assumed to be a power-law function

of shear rate and an exponential function of the local temperature, T(x,y),

such that:

Idu 1 2W

)n-1 (- b (T - T0)) (7.6)

where po is the value-of the reference viscosity at reference temperature,

To, yo is the reference shear rate, n is the power-law index, and b is the

temperature coefficient of viscosity.

7.3 DIMENSIONLESS PARAMETERS DESCRIBING MELT FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER

CHARACTERISTICS

Dimensional analysis can be used to generalise the solutions to the

Page 204: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 197 -

equations by combining the physical variables to form dimensionless

parameters. At least for the purposes of examining relative magnitudes,

it is convenient to define some dimensionless variables. Starting with

the coordinate system, X and Y can be defined as:

= h1

Y =

In non-dimensionalising x, sometimes L is a more appropriate dimension to

7.7)

use than h1, such that:

A 7.8)

S is the relative channel depth:

S =

U is the dimensionless velocity:

(7.9)

u

V (7.10).

where V i.s the mean velocity, V = Q/h1, and T* is a dimensionless

temperature defined as:

T* = b (T - T1) (7.11)

where T1 is the (assumed) constant melt temperature at x = 0. In order

to make the shear stress, T, dimensionless, a mean shear stress, T > at xY

mean shear rate, y = 17/h1, and temperature T1 has to be defined as:

n-1 V h exp (- b (T1

—T)) 7.12)

Page 205: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-.198

Therefore, T can be made dimensionless by dividing it by the mean shear xy

stress as follows:

_ du 111

dy v

n-1 h1 du (V ay) exp (- b (T - T1 ))

I n-1 n If exp (- T*) (7.13) S

Some important dimensionless ratios which are relevant to heat

generation and heat transfer in polymer melt flow will be defined below:

The Griffith number, G, which is equivalent to the Nahme number, Na,

determines whether heat generation will lead to temperature differences

within the melt sufficient to affect the velocity distribution locally.

This varies in practice from 0 to 200 (see Pearson (1972)), and temperature

independent solutions are only reasonable for G « 1:

(7.14)

From the definition of G, the characteristic temperature rise due to

viscous dissipation is T Y h12/k. Thus, a Brinkman number, Br, can be

introduced which expresses the ratio between this rise and the temperature

difference between the side and inlet boundaries:

T Y h12 Br(x) (7.15)

k (Tb (x) - T1)

Hence, Br determines whether imposed channel wall temperatures or heat

generation are dominant in effective temperature changes in the melt.

This number can vary between 0 to o.

The Peclet number, Pe, can be defined as:

Page 206: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-199-

• P pC

V h1

k 7.16)

Peclet numbers are usually large, which implies that heat conduction along

the streamlines is negligible everywhere except at stagnation points.

The Graetz number, Gz, is an extension of the Peclet number, and it

is defined as: h1 P

p V h12

Gz = L k L

7.17)

The Graetz number expresses the relative importance of thermal conduction

through the depth of the channel and convection in the direction of flow.

h1 is usually a small dimension relative to L and, therefore, although

Peclet numbers are almost always large, Graetz numbers can vary from 10-1

to 104 (see Pearson (1972)).

In order to represent the energy conservation equation in terms of the

dimensionless quantities defined above, equation (7.4) can be re-written as:

P p h1 DT* _ 1 a2T*

b T Y

h12 1 124-1'

k (U DX )

82 31724-

k Sn+1

IdU

( (- T)

* 2 n+1 i.e. Pe U

DX S2 aY2 Sn 1 +dY~

exp (- T*) (7.18)

n4-1 or: Gz U

3A 1

a 2T * + n+

1 ~ ~ exp (- TA) ( 7.19)• S2 aY2 S

To be able to solve equation (7.18), both the distribution of velocity, U,

and the boundary conditions are required which will be discussed in the

next two sections.

Page 207: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-200-

7.4 THERMAL BOUNDARY CONDITIONS

The boundary conditions for the problem considered here are expressed

in dimensionless form. Initial conditions are:

= A = 0 T* = 0 (7.20)

and on.Y = ± Z:

= b (Tb (x) - T1) (7.21)

If symmetry of flow about y = 0 is to be invoked, in order to solve for

only half of the flow domain one of the latter conditions can be replaced

by

Y = 0 (7.22)

Using the definitions of Griffith number and Brinkman number. (equations

(7.14) and (7.15)), and the initial condition given by equation (7.21), a

thermal boundary condition can be prescribed as:

Br on Y = ± (7.23)

Finally, the range of integration of equation (7.18) or equation (7.19) is

from X = A = 0 to X = L/171, A = 1.

7.5 VELOCITY ANALYSIS

In this section, an attempt will be made to derive the function

defining the velocity distribution, U, of the melt. From equation (7.3):

Txy x y (7.24)

Page 208: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 201 -

since, due to symmetry, at y=.0, T = 0. Equation (7.24) can be made sy

dimensionless by dividing through by the mean shear stress, i,.as follows:

Txy _ x y

T T

7.25)

Equating equation (7.25) with equation (7.13), we get:

P y exp (_ T*) =

x (7.26)

At this stage, it is convenient to define another dimensionless group,

namely the dimensionless pressure gradient, IT , as:

x h1 (7.27)

Therefore, equation (7.26) becomes:

n-1 1

Sn dU dY

n-1

dU dY exp (- T*) = Sn n hl

(7.28)

Due to symmetry, considering only one half of the flow region defined as

0 <. y + h/2, i.e. 0 , y . + i; for negative velocity gradient, i.e.

dU < TY 0 (also

equation (7.28) becomes:

( - 3)n exp (- T*) = - Sn np Y h 1

=n41

Y_ 7 )

Page 209: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 202

Tp 51+1/n Y1/n exp (T*/n)

Therefore, integrating both sides gives:

(p/n U( — ~rp)1/n S1+1/n exp (T*/n) di '+ A

where A is the constant of integration. Assuming that there is no slip:

at Y = , U = 0

therefore:

U (- IT 51+1/n f2 Y1/n exp (T*/n) dY

Y (7.29)

Provided that, at a particular section, the temperature profile, T*(Y), and

the dimensionless pressure gradient, Gr, are known, the velocity

distribution within the flow can be worked out.

In order to calculate Gr, from equation (7.2):

Q = h/2 2

f udy = 2hV f Udi 0

(7.30)

and from the definition of V (equation (7.10)):

Q = V h1 (7.31)

Dividing equation (7.30) by equation (7.31) gives:

Page 210: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

203 -

(7.32)

Substituting for the velocity, from equation (7.29):

= 2 (- wp 1/n S24-1/n

!4- { f

1,1 exp (T */n) dY} dY ( 7.33)

Hence, at a particular section, provided T'E(Y) is known, the integrations

can be performed numerically yielding T. The pressure difference, P,

over the region of interest can then be evaluated as:

j (- Px) dx

which can be non-dimensionalised by dividing by T, as follows:

x=L - P P* _ j _ LdA

x=0 T

L 1

j (- ) dA h1 0

(7.34)

(7.35)

7.6 TEMPERATURE ANALYSIS

The object of the present analysis is to solve equation (7.19) to

give the temperature distribution within the flow. Rearranging equation

(7.19) gives:

dUln+1 exp (- T*) (7.36)

a2 T*

aA aT

aY2

This arrangement serves to make the conduction term independent of,S and

Page 211: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 204 -

the dissipation term much less dependent on S. Equation (7.36) can only

be solved numerically and, since it is a parabolic equation and the flow

geometry is simple, the finite difference method is the most convenient

to use.

Figure 7.2 shows a finite difference grid in the Y,A plane. By using

Y as a coordinate, the mesh becomes uniform since AY is everywhere a

constant. In the present analysis, AY is chosen to be equal to 0.025 in

order to give reasonable accuracy. This means that the number of nodal

points in the Y direction is 21. The choice of Y as one of the

coordinates makes the real flow be approximated by flow along lines of

constant Y. Although AA need not be constant, in the present work it is

chosen to be 0.02 everywhere in the mesh. This means that the number of

nodal points in the A direction is 51 since 0 . A 4 1.

At a point i,j in Figure 7.2, the dissipation term, Dij, can be

evaluated as:

n+1 exp ( Z~ *)

ij

Dij =5.

-772 G I dY

dU (7.37)

Similarly, the conduction term is:

XZa 8 2T*

ay2

(T1 -2T1 +T Z~ai1 21e 1.-Ja-

(AY)2 (7.38)

and the convection term is.

)

• (U 8A ) • U. ~

. . (7.39)

Therefore, using equation (7.36), for a node i,j the formulation can be

simplified to:

Sm2 GZ (U 8A

)i = z~ + D. j 7.40)

Page 212: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 205 -

where:

2 (Si S •• ) (7.41)

Equation (7.40) can be solved explicitly for T24.1,j, which only appears in

the convection term. In practice, however, the explicit method is

unstable for all but extremely small AA (see Smith (1975)). Therefore,

in practice, it is more economical to introduce a more stable implicit

method, such as Crank-Nicolson, as shown below.

S 2 Gz (U @T*). = z (C .. t C . ) + D. .

m aA j 24 7,44,a 7 (7.42)

In general, a more arbitrary combination of the conduction terms might be

considered, such as:

a Cid + (1 — a) C.

where: 0 4 a

For the purpose of the present analysis, a has been chosen to be equal to 2•

The method is now implicit in the sense that equation (7.42) involves

three temperatures at (i t 1) in i+1, , and the individual temperatures

at this section must be obtained by solving the set of linear equations

(one for each value of j). Substituting equations (7.37), (7.38) and

(7.39) into equation (7.42), we obtain:

S 2 Gz Ui • m

(Tit1 - Ti ) =

1 (1617)2(TZ +1 — 2 Ti t Ti 1)

2 (p)2 ~~ Jj ,j-

2 (py) 2 2+1, j-1 i (7.43)

Page 213: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-206-

Equation (7.43) can be represented in the following form:

aa 7-1 + Sa a Ya a +1 ōa (7.44)

where: i 51 , 1< j n , n = 21

a• = Y. a

1

2 (AY) 2

Sm2 Gz 1

g. = U. + 2j (AY) 2

S 2 Gz Sa = 2 C. + Dia

U-a

Equation (7.44) is a tridiagonal system of linear equations which can be

easily solved (see Fenner (1974)), provided some boundary conditions are

prescribed.

At the boundaries, Y = 0 (j = 1) and Y = ? (j = n), no equations can

be obtained since (j — 1) and (j + 1), respectively, correspond to

imaginary points. Therefore, two boundary conditions are required to

solve the system of equations in (7.44). Using an approximation for

aT*/aY which is an order lower than the FD approximation for a2T'*/aY2,

from equation (7.22) the first boundary condition may be imposed as:

X1 = X2 or Ti+1,1 Ti+1,2

A more accurate approximation can be used for T*/aY, although this

involves X3 as well which must be eliminated to make the equations

(7.45)

Page 214: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-207-

tridiagonal (see equation (7.52)). From equation (7.23), the second

boundary condition may be imposed, at Y = I, as:

n G/Br or T14-1 ,n

- G/Br (7.46)

where, in general, Br is a function of. A.

Hence, the problem can now be solved to give the temperature

distribution within the flow.

7.7 SOLUTION PROCEDURE USED

In this section, the outline of the procedure applied in order to

solve the system of equations in (7.44) will be described:

i) The initial temperature profile is set as T = 0 at A = 0 and

the value of the dimensionless pressure gradient, Tr, is

calculated using equation (7.33). Using this value of Trp, the

velocity profile U(Y) is found from equation (7.29).. In both

equations, the integrations are worked out numerically using the

simple trapezoidal rule.

ii) The temperature profile at A = AA is found by solving the set of

equations represented by (7.44), (7.45) and (7.46).

iii) The pressure gradient and velocity profile are found as before

for A= AA.

iv) The temperature profile is found for A = 2M and the same

procedure continued for A = 3AA, 4AA, etc., up to A = 1.

v) The pressure drop, p*, is computed using equation (7.35).

vi) At the end of the analysis, an energy balance is applied as a

check on programming and accuracy (see Section 7.8).

Page 215: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 208 -

7.7.1 Stability

The solution scheme will become unstable if AA is too large.

The parameter to consider in connection with stability is:

_ M S 2 Gz (AY) 2 m

(7.47)

Experience (Yates (1968)) suggests that, for the extruder problem, the

value of a should be less than 4. However, the same sort of result can

be expected for the present problem. x should certainly be_evaluated for

the minimum value of S.

7.8 ENERGY BALANCE

The application of a simple energy balance to melt flow in the die

flow channels makes it possible to relate mechanical power consumption

with heat output due to convection and conduction. This relationship can

be represented as follows:

Mechanical power input, mech = P Q

(7.48)

Heat output by convection, E~onv

C p Q (ōut in) (7.49)

.where in and out refer to A = 0 and A = 1, respectively, and T is the bulk

mean temperature defined as:

T uTdy (7.50)

Heat output by conduction, Gond = 2 k f (— aTJ __ dx (7.51) ay y=

Page 216: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 209 -

A good approximation for the derivative at the boundary can be provided

using Taylor's series as follows:

(ayA 2 AY (3 TA — 4 TB + Tc

7.52)

where A, B and C are three consecutive nodal points in a column, as shown

in Figure 7.2, and A lies on the boundary.

Now, from the energy balance, it is expected that:

meth = Econv f Econd

(7:53)

Therefore, any possible error in the temperature analysis may be

represented as a ratio with respect to the total mechanical power output.

as:

error = ( meth Econv - Econd)

7.54)

meth

Non-dimensionalising Econv

using meth' we obtain:

E* Econv _

C P (Tout - Tiny conn meth P

From equation (7.11):

+T*/b

(7.55)

7.56)

Equating equation (7.56) and the non-dimensionalised form of equation

(7.50):

V U (T1 + b ) h dY = T1 +T*/b = (7.57)

From equation (7.31):

Page 217: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

210 -

Therefore, using the definition given in equation (7.9), equation (7.57)

reduces to:

= 2S fU(T1 + 1 dY

= 2 S T1 f 2 U dY +- f 2 U T* dY 0 0

7.58)

From equation (7.32), the first term on the right hand side of equation

(7.58) becomes:

2 S.T1 f U dY =

Hence, equation (7.58) can be re-written as:

z T = U

(7.59)

Now, at x = 0, from equation (7.11) :

Therefore, using equation (7.59):

T (7.60)

and: Tout

T1 2 Sout

f (U T*lout di

b (7.61)

Subtracting equation (7.60) from equation (7.61) gives:.

Page 218: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

T* out

b

P Q

Econd 2k

Econd meth

ay y= Zh (7.64)

_ 2 k L Econd b h1 P Q o

(h) PU G f 1 0

- 211 -

_ _ 2

~ ~

Tout Tin b Sont 1 (U T )out dY

Using equation (7.32), the above equation reduces to:

- Tout Tin

Substituting this into equation (7.55):

E = C P out Pe Yr*

cony b p* T G p* (7.63)

Similarly, E~ can be non-dimensionalised using mach'

as follci'is:

The temperature gradient can also be put into a dimensionless form as

below:

a' aT a (T T ) DyhaY = hay b 1

1 apt (7.65)

b h aY

Substituting equation (7.65) into equation (7.64) gives:

ā ) Y= 2 dA

3Y)Y=3' d4 (7.66)

Page 219: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 212 -

Therefore, from equation (7.53) it is expected that:

E* E*E* cond

or: _

Ç)14 1 [ GP*

Pe Tout + o f ~- dA

(7.67)

Thus, a new error term can be defined in terms of the dimensionless

quantities as a percentage as follows:

ERROR =

65,* Econd) -

1 x 100%

IE* I .+} IEcond~ 1

(7.68).

7.9 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Taking typical channel dimensions, operating conditions and material

properties for melt flow in cable covering crossheads, the values of the

dimensionless parameters are found to be of the following orders of

magnitude:

0.1

Br >

= 20

Pe = = 50 Gz = 103

While the magnitude of Gz implies that the heat transfer within the flow

is dominated by thermal convection, the size of G ensures that the

resulting temperature changes have only small effects on the velocity

profiles and the isothermal flow assumption is valid. In order to

confirm this conclusion, detailed computations of developing temperature

1

Page 220: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 213 -

and velocity profiles were made, the results of which will be discussed

in this section.

Heat transfer effects were studied for two materials of power-law

index, n = 0.3 and n = 0.4. For n = 0.3, tests were made for a wide

range of values of the dimensionless parameters. Corresponding to each

test, the total pressure drop, P, and the dimensionless heat output due to

convection, E~onv, and conduction, Eēond' are shown in Table 7.1. Also

shown in Table 7.1 are the results of the energy balance which has been

applied as a check on accuracy. The maximum 'error' is in the order of

1% and the value of the summation, Eēonv + Ego , lies between 0.968 and

1.001 which gives an accuracy within 3.2%.

Figure 7.3 shows two dimensionless velocity profiles at exit from the

channel, i.e. at A = 1, corresponding to G = 0 and G = 2, and for constant

values of Gz = 20 and Br = 106. From the results, it can be deduced that

the velocity distribution is hardly affected by variations of the Griffith

number within the specified range of G. A zero value for the Griffith

number is due to the temperature coefficient of viscosity, b = 0. This

condition gives rise to a temperature independent velocity profile, but no

dimensionless temperature profile. Another method of achieving a velocity

profile which is temperature independent is to make:

exp (b (T — T1)) =

(7.69)

This new condition imposed by equation (7.69) produces exactly the same

velocity profile as for G = 0, and also produces a dimensionless

temperature profile which is shown in Figure 7.4. The E* andand Eēond

Page 221: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 214 -

TABLE 7.1

Results for Temperature Development in Pressure Flows

n G Gz Br P Econv Eeond E* 4-

+ Econd ERROR

0.3 0.1 20 106 202.5 0.291 0.692 0.983 - 0.879 0.4 0.1 20 106 239.4 0.323 0.668 0.991 - 0.448 0.3 0.0 20 106 203.3* 0.290* 0.691* 0.981* - 0.945* 0.3 0.05 20 106 202.9 0.291 0.691 0.982 - 0.912 0.3 0.2 20 106 201.6 .0.292 0.692 0.984 - 0.816 0.3 0.5 20 106 199.0 0.294 0.693 0.987 - 0.634 0.3 1.0 20 106 203.3* 0.290* 0.691* 0.981* -0.945* 0.3 1.0 20 106 194.7 0.299 0.694 0.993 - 0.364 0.3 2.0 20 106 186.4 0.306 0.695 1.001 0.066 0.3 0.1 1 106 201.7 0.037 0.943 0.980 - 1.005 0.3 0.1 2 106 201.8 0.073 0.908 0.981 - 0.954 0.3 0.1 5 106 202.1 0.155 0.828 0.983 - 0.853 0.3 0.1 10 106 202.3 0.225 0.759 0.984 - 0.816 0.3 0.1 50 106 202.7 0.379 0.598 0.978 - 1.121 0.3 0.1 20 1 188.6 2.487 - 1.519 0.968 - 0.645 0.3 0.1 20 2 195.4 1.346 - 0.369 0.978 - 0.822 0.3 0.1 20 5 199.6 0.703 0.278 0.981 - 0.949 0.3 0.1 20 10 201.0 0.496 0.486 0.982 - 0.909

* Values obtained from test case where G = 1 and exp (b (T - T1)) = 1

Page 222: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 215 -

values obtained for this temperature profile are tabulated in Table 7.1,

corresponding to both G = 0 and G = 1 (where exp (T') = 1). Also shown

in Figure 7.4 is the temperature profile for G = 2. From these two

curves, it can be deduced that the developing temperature profile hardly

varies for the range of G values considered in this analysis. The overall

pressure drop over the region of interest, P, for the isothermal flow

(G = 0) is found to be within one per cent of the values computed for the

non-isothermal flows. The velocity profiles for the temperature

dependent conditions are also found to be almost identical to the velocity

profile for the isothermal condition. Hence, from these results it can be

concluded that the isothermal flow assumption is valid for the process

investigated in this work. Figure 7.5 shows the dimensionless velocity profile at exit from the

channel for a material with n = 0.3, and 1 < Gz < 50, G = 0.1 and Br = 106 .

From the results, it was noticed that the velocity distribution hardly

changed with varying Graetz number and, therefore, for the range of

1 Gz < 50, only one velocity profile is shown in Figure 7.5. In Figure

7.6, the developing temperature profiles have been plotted for Gz = 1, 20

and 50. The shapes of the profiles describe the effect of dominating

convection relative to conduction, as the Graetz number is increased.

The effect of Brinkman number on the velocity and temperature profiles

has also been investigated and the results are shown in Figures 7.7 and

7.8, respectively. For the wide range of Brinkman numbers used,

1 < Br < 106, and for the constant values of n = 0.3, G = 0.1 and Gz = 20,

it was found that the velocity distributions were hardly affected. High

Brinkman numbers are due to small differences between the inlet and

boundary temperatures, i.e. (Tb — T1), and in such cases conduction tends

to become dominant over convection. The high temperature gradient near

Page 223: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 216 -

the wall is due to viscous dissipation (see also Figure 7.6).

Figures 7.9 and 7.10 show the velocity and temperature profiles for

two materials of n = 0.3 and n = 0.4, respectively, with G = 0.1, Gz = 20

and Br = 106. From these results, it can be seen that the velocity

profile becomes flatter at the centre with decreasing n, i.e. as the fluid

becomes more non-Newtonian. For n = 1, the velocity profile is nearly

parabolic. The results also show that, as the power-law index increases

from 0.3 to 0.4, the temperatures in the channel also increase somewhat,

but the overall shape of the temperature profile remains the same.

Page 224: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 217 -

Figure 7.1: Cross-section through a flow channel formed by two flat stationary surfaces

`\ \\\\\\\A \\\\\\\ \\\\\\.\\\\\\\\\ Y= 2,

aY L+14+1

Y= 0

Figure 7.2: One half of the flow channel plotted on the (A,Y) plane, showing a finite difference grid

Page 225: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Y

0 1,0 0.8 0.2

- 218 -

DIMfrNSIONLG55 YEI.00ITY

Figure 7.3: Dimensionless velocity profiles at exit from flow channel for varying Griffith number

Page 226: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0 1

- 219 -

Figure 7.4: Temperature profiles at exit from flow channel for varying Griffith number

Page 227: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 220 -

05

ai+

0.3

0.2

'1

0.I

I I I I 0.6 0, 6' 1.0 1. z

DIMN5IONL.55 YELOGtty

Figure 7.5: Dimensionless velocity profiles at exit from flow channel for varying Graetz number

0 0

Page 228: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0.L

0.3

0.2,

0.1

i I I 0

- 221 -

0.004, O.004, 0.006 0.O0 d 0.010 0.01.2 0.014 0.016

DINf514510NLe55 TE, MPSRATLUU (i4)

Figure 7.6: Temperature profiles at exit from flow channel for varying Graetz number

Page 229: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 222 -

0 az 0.6 0.g 1.0 12,

DIM6NSIONZ-E.55 VE,LOCITY

Figure 7.7: Dimensionless velocity profiles at exit from flow channel for varying Brinkman number

Page 230: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0.10 o.0$ I I I t

0.02 0.0it 0.06

DIVIEN510NLE.55 TEtinRATU,RZ. (Tm)

x tR=1 Bft 10

o 6R= 106

- 223 -

Figure 7.8: Temperature profiles at exit from flow channel for varying Brinkman number

Page 231: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 224 -

DIMENS1ONI.E55 VELOCITY

Figure 7.9: Dimensionless velocity profiles at exit from flow channel for varying power-law index

Page 232: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 225 -

0.5

0.L

0.3

Y

0.2

0.1

0

0 0.00,2 0.001.1. 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012,

DIMENSION k5 TEMPERATU.P E

Figure 7.10: Temperature profiles at exit from flow channel for varying power-law index

Page 233: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 226 -

CHAPTER 8

USE OF THE METHOD OF ANALYSIS IN DESIGN

8.1 INTRODUCTION

It has been shown in the previous chapters how to analyse the polymer

melt flow in cable covering equipment. The extrusion die performance can

be predicted from a knowledge of material properties, flow geometry and

operating conditions. The objective was to be able to predict the cable

covering thickness distribution for a given channel geometry. This means

that 'various different flow geometries have to be tested before arriving

at an optimum die design. An ideal situation, however, would be to be

able to adapt an 'inversion process' which can be directly applied to die

design, i.e. given a required thickness distribution, to predict the

channel geometry. Later on in this chapter, the formulation of the

inversion process will be described and it will be shown how it can be

applied to die design. This direct method will then be compared with the

previous optimisation technique.

A limited amount of literature available on wire and cable die design

is mainly related to wire coating dies. Hammond (1960) studied high speed

wire coating dies and showed experimentally that the critical shear rate

increased by using smaller taper angles in the flow channel. He also

showed that, for successful die design, the effect of land length in

relation to orifice diameter has to be considered. Fenner & Williams

(1967) examined the published literature on existing analytical methods of

designing wire coating dies and made a simple analysis to predict extruder

delivery pressures, wire tensions and maximum shear stresses in the die.

These results were then related to extruder performance, wire strength and

polymer melt fracture. Fenner (1974) analysed the axisymmetric viscous

Page 234: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 227 -

flow in a wire coating die using finite element methods and computed the

relationship between pressure drop and flow rate. He also described

experiments with a LDPE in which the resulting pipe eccentricity due to

varying die eccentricity was measured. While eccentric pipe is of little

practical use, the ability to predict melt flow patterns and hence final

thickness variations of the extrudate is very important when assymmetrical

dies are to be designed. Caswell & Tanner (1978) used finite element

methods to trace flow patterns for arbitrary axisymmetrical geometries,

such as a wire coating die. They studied the flow patterns in two

different dies and concluded that the function of the "land" in a die is

to provide sufficient pressure loss to overcome the suction effect created

on impact of the fluid with the wire and the taper in the "land" further

increases the overpressure. The term "land" in this context refers to the

region where the fluid is in contact with the wire, inside the die unit.

Finally, they attempted to infer design criteria for wire coating dies

mainly in the region where the polymer meets the wire and upstream of this

region, otherwise known as the "land".

Some of the most successful attempts on die design were made by

Pearson (1962,1963,1964). In the case of narrow channel dies, such as

the crosshead die, melt flow analysis is a valuable aid to the design of

the flow passages and can minimise the subsequent mechanical adjustments

necessary. Pearson showed that the analytical process can be inverted to

predict the channel geometry required to give a specified flow distribution.

Alternatively, the flow analysis can be used to select the best compromise

design using simple component shapes. For example, in a crosshead die,

the optimum offset of the central mandrel (inner body) to counteract the

assymmetrical input can be obtained.

Page 235: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 228-

8.2 CASE STUDY

Having verified experimentally the method of analysis used in the

previous chapters for the melt flow, it was decided to attempt the'design

of a tool set where the specifications were provided. The exercise was

to determine optimum designs for a three layer crosshead with a solid

conductor area of 400 mm2. The radial insulation thickness for this

arrangement was to be 15 mm with 0.7 mm screen thicknesses for the inner

and outer layers. The nominal diameter of the copper conductor was taken

to be 24.2 mm since it was stranded, with a tape thickness of 0.17 mm.

The overall deflector dimensions and the overall length of the crosshead

were specified by AEI Cables Limited and these dimensions were not to be

changed.

The initial step in the design procedure was to calculate the

diameters at exit of the points and the outer die, i.e. PZ, P2, M1, N1 and

D shown in Figure 8.1. Assuming a diametrical allowance of 1 mm between

conductor and inner point, gives:

= 24.2 + 0.34 + 1.0 = 25.54 mm

Let: P1 + 4.0 29.54 mm

Using a draw-down ratio of 1.3 for each of the three layers, M1 , N1 and D1

can be calculated and their values are given below:

M1 = 31.06 mm

64.73 mm

= 66.79 mm

Page 236: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 229

Figure 8.1 shows a sketch of the tooling arrangement which has been drawn

to the specifications. As can be seen, the middle layer diverges towards

exit which might not be favourable since throttling is usually expected to

give flow uniformity as opposed to retarding flow in diverging channels.

Thus, the outer point diameter was modified such that the fluid was

flowing in a parallel channel.

Using the flow analysis computer program described in Chapter 4, the

thickness distributions for the three layers were predicted. Figures 8.2,

8.3 and 8.4 show the distributions round the circumference of the inner,

outer and intermediate layers, respectively, of the new tool set and the

experimental tool set (300 mm2, 8 mm insulation thickness). In the case

of the inner screen (Figure 8.2), the predictions for both tool sets are

almost the same. In the case of the outer screen (Figure 8.3), the

experimental tool set seems to give a slightly better thickness

distribution than the new tool set. Finally, the intermediate layer

thickness distributions compared in Figure 8.4 show that the predictions

for the experimental tool set are almost twice as good as the predictions

for the new tool set. Since the channel geometry of the intermediate

layer gave the worst results, it was decided to study this layer in more

detail in order to be able to design a much better channel.

It is important to mention at this point that, so far in the design

of the new tool set, only the point dimensions were modified, the

deflector designs remaining unaltered. One reason for the new tool set

with 15 mm insulation thickness giving a poorer thickness distribution in

relation to the experimental tool set with 8 mm insulation thickness is

the much deeper intermediate channel in the points region of the former

design. In order to be able to improve the design of the new tool set,

before making any alterations to the deflector channel shape, it was

Page 237: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 230 -

decided, first, to increase the channel depth in the deflector region by a

constant amount in order to decrease the pressure drop over the deflector

region and in return increase the pressure drop over the tapering region

as a proportion of the total. Figure 8.5 illustrates this arrangement

and the slight convergence in channel depth towards exit, resulting from

the increase in the deflector channel depth. Figure 8.6 shows the radial.

thickness distributions for 20% and 100% increases in the deflector channel

depth. From the results, it appears that there has been some improvement

on the previous tool set design, but not very significant.

Next, it was decided to modify the deflector design itself in order

to produce more uniform output. As a first trial, a wedge shape was added

to the intermediate deflector similar to the one in the case of the outer

deflector as shown in Figure 8.7. In this design it was important to

estimate the geometry of the wedge. After fixing the length of the wedge

such that the point P corresponded to a nodal point in the finite element

mesh, the next step was to select the angles a and S. As an initial guess,

it was decided to' take them as a = s = 30°. Initially, the wedge had a

depth of 0.064" at point P, and gradually reduced to zero at the exit due

to the 1.35° angle of taper of the deflector channel depth. The

dimensionless thickness distribution predicted for this design is compared

with the one for the original deflector design with no wedge in Figure 8.8.

It appears that there is a slight improvement in the presence of the wedge.

Another possibility was to make angles a and B not equal, and various tests

were made for varying wedge angles. The best results were obtained for

a = 30° and 0 = 47°. The predictions for this deflector design, together

with the predictions of the experimental tool set design, are shown in

Figure 8.9. As can be seen from the results, the effect of the wedge is

quite significant. Thus, from the results, it can be concluded that using

Page 238: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

231 -

the flow analysis described in Chapter 4, it is possible to find optimum

designs for a given set of specifications. The only drawback of this

method is that a few test cases have to be tried out before deciding on

the better design. An ideal method, however, would be the "inversion

process", where the channel geometry is predicted to give the perfect cable

uniformity. In the next section, this method will be analysed in some

detail.

8.3 DEFLECTOR DESIGN BY INVERSION OF THE ANALYSIS

The objective in this analysis is, given a stream function

distribution defining the flow lines in the die channels, to find the

channel depth at any point in the flow region. Since the presence of the

points added onto the deflectors reduces to some extent the non

uniformities in the flow, it is best to find an optimum design for the

deflector alone in order to give good cable thickness distribution. To

illustrate the improvement due to the points, the predictions for the

intermediate deflector with and without the points of the experimental tool

set are shown in Figure 8.10. As can be seen, the shape of the thickness

distribution graphs remain the same but the non-uniformity has been damped

down with the addition of the points.

Given a stream function distribution in the solution domain, such as

the one shown in Figure 8.11, where the streamlines lie along rows of

nodal points, the problem is to find the corresponding channel depth

distribution, h(z,e). The stream function distribution, tp(z,e), must

satisfy the following two conditions:

i) i, must be a constant along boundaries AC and BD. (Let ji = 0

along the lower boundary, BD, and i = 1 along the upper

Page 239: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 232 -

boundary, AC.)

ii) Streamlines must be orthogonal to boundaries AB and CD,

i.e. flow inlet and exit, which are isobars.

The method which has been adapted in this analysis will be described below:

(a) Information must be given which is equivalent to specifying the

channel depth distribution along one streamline, e.g. the lower

boundary, BD.

(b) Hence, the pressure distribution can be calculated along this

streamline using equation (3.22) as follows:

dp Qs

ds h3

(8.1)

where dp is the pressure drop between two successive nodal points in

a row, ds is the distance between these two nodes, and TI- are

defined by equations (3.23) and (3.24), respectively, h represents

the nodal point channel depths, and Q is the volumetric flow rate

per unit width normal to the s-direction which is the direction of the

streamline. Supposing that the total flow rate coming out at CD is

1 in3/s, then:

where L is the length of CD.

(c) Working from this single distribution of pressure along BD, the entire

pressure distribution, p(z,o), can be determined, bearing in mind

Page 240: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 233 -

that isobars are orthogonal to streamlines which are already known.

(d) Hence, at any point in the domain 3p/az and ap/ae can be found. But,

using equation (4.44):

aēa ū a ū

- s1 h3 , = s2 h3 (8.2)

where a1 and S2 are locally constant and involve known stream function

gradients. Therefore, the pressure gradient along a streamline,

ap/as, can be represented as:

aP = as

s u 3 h3 (8.3

Hence, the local value of h can be obtained by equating equation (8.3) to

the pressure gradient obtained from the p(z,e) distribution (see item (d)

above). Taking the (resultant) gradient along the local streamline is

merely a convenient way to average ap/ae and ap/z. It should be also

noted that u is dependent on h (see equation (3.24)).

The practical problem is now essentially reduced-to finding p(e,z)

orthogonal to p(e,z). For a typical triangular element, the stream

function distribution can be represented by:

= C1 + C2 z + C3 e (8.4)

which can also be expressed in terms of circumferential dimensions as:

_ 1- C2 z+ r

(8.5)

Page 241: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 234 -

where r is the mean value of radius for the element., and c = r e. The

stream function gradients can thus be shown as:

ac r (8.6)

If A is the magnitude of the resultant stream function gradient at an

angle a to the z-axis, as shown in Figure 8.12, then:

• = A cos a = az

aI = A sin a =

ac (8.7)

If B is the resultant pressure gradient orthogonal to A, also shown in

Figure 8.12, then:

az = - Bsin a

B C3 Ā — r

C3

ac = B cos a

= 2812

= D C2 (8.8)

Now, assuming a linear pressure distribution over the element:

= E1 + E2 z + E3 6

D C

3 E1 _ z # D C2 r 0 r

8.9)

In equation (8.9), there are only two unknowns, E1 and D. Hence, if two

nodal point pressures are known, the third one can be found.

Since the pressure distribution within an element is assumed to be

a linear one similar to the stream function distribution, using equation

Page 242: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

_ - D C3 - 2Q (bi p . + b. p. + bk pk ) r m

= D C2 r = 2Q (a. pi + a. p . + ak a. m

Eliminating D from equations (8.11) and (8.12) gives:

- C3 (a. p + a~ + ak pk ) = C2 r2 (bi p. + b. p. f k Pk )

- 235 -

(4.27), E1, E2 and E3 can be represented in terms of the nodal point

pressures of the element as follows:

Er

2

1 pi ' - 1 o3) pi

'ppj

k ,

(8.10) 2Am

where pi, pi and pk are the pressures at the three nodes of the element.

i, j, k, respectively, numbered in an anticlockwise direction, and am and

B are defined by equations (4.28) and (4.29), respectively. From

equations (8.9) and (8.10):

or:

ai) + pa (C2 1 ha. + C3 a j ) + pk (C2 r2 bk + C3 a

api +13 pi + 1Pk = 0

where: a = C2 b.+C3 a.

C2 r2 b~ + C3 a. (8.15)

Y =

Page 243: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 236 -

Starting at node B (Figure 8.11), elements with sides along BD have two

pressures prescribed, therefore, using equation (8.14). the third pressure

can be found. This procedure is called the "element by element marching

procedure". Since the boundaries shown in Figure 8.11 are not orthogonal,

the results obtained are not strictly accurate. Due to this non-

orthogonality, the results vary according to 'the sequence of the elements

used to calculate the nodal point pressures. For example, the pressure

at node NN, pNN, in Figure 8.11 can be worked out either using element M1

or M6. If the boundaries were orthogonal, then the two values obtained

for pNN would have been identical.

A second method which is rather more sophisticated involves finding

nodal point pressures by an "averaging procedure". In Figure 8.11, node

NN is shared by six elements, M1, M2, M3, M4, M5 and M6. Assuming that

the number of nodal points in the x-direction is NXPT, then using equation

(8.14):

Y1 pNN =

a2 pi + 2 Pk + Y2 pNN

a3 pNNR3 Pk 13 Pi =

(8.16)

+g p1 +Y4

Pn.f135 PNN 15 Pm =

a6 Pl 136 PAIN 16 pn

where subscripts 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 stand for elements M1,

and M6, respectively, and:

M4, M5

a1 p .f 0

0

Page 244: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 237 -

i = NN - NXPT Z = NN + NXPT

j = i+ 1 m= i-

k = NN + 1 n = NN - 1

Adding up all the equations in (8.16) gives, for the node number NN:

Pi (a1 ÷a6) + p j

(61 +a2) +pk (132 + S3) +P1 (13+84) +

pm (y4 + y5) +pn ( (15 +

y6) + p NN 1 + y2 + a3 + a4 + S5 + 86)

8.17)

Similar equations for all the nodal points in the mesh can be written.

In this particular case, a 13 x 13 mesh was chosen with 169 nodal points

and 288 triangular elements. Therefore, altogether 169 linear

simultaneous equations had to be solved to give the pressure distribution

in the field. In order to be able to solve these equations, boundary

conditions were prescribed and the Gaussian direct elimination scheme was

used. The boundary conditions were simply the nodal point channel depths

along BD, which were used to calculate the nodal point pressures along

this boundary. Once the pressure distribution in the solution domain was

worked out, then the element channel depths were calculated using equation

(8.3).

The channel geometries arrived at from the two methods described

above were used to analyse the melt flow in the crosshead channels and

cable thickness distributions were predicted. Theoretically, provided

the orthogonality of boundaries was satisfied, the distributions would

have been perfect. However, as can be seen from Figure 8.13, the

distributions are not as uniform as expected. The predictions in the

Page 245: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 238 -

case of the "element by element marching procedure" seem to give more

uniform thickness distribution than the "averaging method". The reason

for this is that, since the initial assumption of orthogonal boundaries is

not satisfied, the errors involved in the case of the averaging method

appear to be distributed over the mesh and therefore the results are not

as accurate as the first simpler method. From the results, it appears

that, at the 180° position where the boundaries of the intermediate

deflector are far from being orthogonal, the thickness varies quite

vigorously, the boundary effects being more pronounced in the case of the

latter solution procedure.

In order to be able to demonstrate the importance of orthogonality of

boundaries in the inversion process, two simple meshes which are shown in

Figures 8.14a and 8.14b were analysed. The mesh in Figure 8.14a has

orthogonal boundaries at inlet and exit, while the mesh in Figure 8.14b

has got non-orthogonal boundaries which do not satisfy the initial

condition (ii) specified at the beginning of this section, for this

analysis to be accurate. The channel depth distributions in both of

these meshes were worked out using the element by element marching

inversion procedure and then the flow was analysed. Figure 8.15 shows

the predicted radial thickness distributions for the two meshes and, from

the results, it clearly appears that the orthogonality of boundaries is

essential for the accurate solution of the equations.

8.4 DISCUSSION OF RESULTS

In order to be able to see how much the inversion analysis improved

the intermediate deflector design, the predicted radial thickness

distribution for the original middle deflector alone is plotted in

Figure 8.16, together with the distribution for the deflector design

Page 246: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 239 -

obtained using inversion. In this same figure is also shown the thickness

distribution for the intermediate deflector with the best wedge shape of

angles a = 30° and s = 47° (see Figure 8.7). The comparisons show that

the middle deflector design obtained using the inversion of the melt flow

analysis gives the most uniform thickness distribution followed by the

deflector with the wedge. It appears that the addition of a wedge shape

to the original deflector design improves the thickness distribution quite

significantly. Figure 8.17 shows the element channel depth distribution

of the intermediate deflector obtained using the inversion analysis.

The channel depth value for each element along the 13 rows of the mesh has

been plotted for altogether 288 elements. In practice, it might not be

very feasible to manufacture a deflector with quite a lot of variation in

channel depth. Therefore, in order to achieve improved deflector design

for practical purposes, the addition of a wedge shape might be preferred

to obtaining a design using the inversion process, since the latter method

produces only marginally better cable uniformity than the former.

One of the important factors in die design is the sensitivity: of cable

thickness uniformity for a given design on material properties, mainly the

power-law index, n. In other words, if an optimum design is made for a

deflector to be used with a particular polymer, it is important to know.

how the thickness distribution will be affected if this deflector is used

with other polymers. For example, the intermediate deflector with the

wedge shape of angles a = 30° and = 47°, shown in Figure 8.7, was

designed for a material of power-law index n = 0.391. The predicted

cable thickness distributions obtained when this design was tested with

two other materials of n = 0.3 and n = 0.5 are shown in Figure 8.18,

together with the results for n = 0.391. It appears that cable uniformity

improves marginally with increasing power-law index, .e. as the material

Page 247: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-240-

becomes less non-Newtonian. Therefore, it can be concluded from the

results that the design should be made for the lowest power-law index

material likely to be processed. The same exercise was also carried out

for the.optimum intermediate deflector design arrived at using the

inversion analysis, for a material of n = 0.391. As before, sensitivity

of the design to different material properties was checked by testing with

two other materials of n = 0.3 and n = 0.5. The polymer thickness

predictions for the three materials are shown in Figure 8.19. Although

there is not much variation in the thickness distributions, the results

again _suggest that the optimum design should be made for the material with

the lowest power-law index.

Page 248: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

1 1

N +::a

.-'- f f NI 0, 'P, PL . M, OIA DIA DIA olA OIA

At -::.1.~:31 I I

Figure 8.1: Tooling arrangement for three layer head wfth 15 mm insulation thickness

Page 249: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 242 -

1

1.05

1.00

0 i

0.95

0.10

• NOW TOOL 5V

x GX P6RIMk.NT AL 'TOOL 5)r1

0.8'5 l I I 1 I 1 I I I

0

$0 120 160 200 21+0 280 320 360

Figure 8.2: Predicted circumferential thickness distributions for the inner screen of the "new tool set" and the experimental tool set

POLY

MET

,. īU

I CKN

E,55

Page 250: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

1,05

0.90 NEW TOOL. 5gT

X gXPPRINENTA(. 7001.- 5g.'T

t I i I I i I I

~o SO 120 160 a00 21-o g.50 320 360

1.00

0a5

0

1

- 243

Figure 8.3: Predicted circumferential thickness distributions for the outer screen of the "new tool set" and the experimental tool set

Page 251: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

I 1

160 aoo ,214.0 a80 320 360 0 $0 4,0 120

- 244 -

• Nj W ī00L.. 5T X GXPg•RIMENTAI. TOOL 5k,T

Figure 8.4: Predicted circumferential thickness distributions for the intermediate layer of the "new tool set" and the experimental tool set

Page 252: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-245-

INCREP65 DE,FaCT0R,

CI}ANnS 'DEPTH

Figure 8.5: Sketch of a cross-section of the intermediate layer flow channel

Page 253: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

360 320 24.0 280

- 246 -

0 iA Z IN A56 IN CHANNEL TAM

X 100 0 IMCREASE IN CHANNEL. DEPTH

• ORIGINAL NEW TOOL 5ET

1 I I I I

0 80 I.0 160 '200 0

Figure 8.6: Predicted circumferential thickness distributions for the intermediate layer with 20% and 100% increases in deflector

channel depth compared with the original "new tool set"

Page 254: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

cHANNP. a%p7H OVER,

-OK WkD6E= 0.13e

Figure 8.7: Intermediate deflector with the addition of a wedge shape

Page 255: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

0.8' 5 r r

160 100 360 ago I20 320 o 1,0 $o

- 248 -

r,05

I.00

X OZFLCTOR. WrTFi cy' = p= 300 1^IED6-tr • upFLECTO'R. WITHOU.T YJ-DGE

~ORIGINAL. Nf..1.4 TOOL 5E0

0.q0

Figure 8.8: Predicted circumferential thickness distributions for the intermediate layer with and without the addition of a wedge to the deflector

Page 256: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

$0 1W 160 a00 40

0° 0 ago .320 360

- 249-

• O£FLECTOR. WITH d= 30° ~ ~.4Ý WE'DG1; O DEFLECTOR. WITH aCr ZS° (3=4.7° WE.DGE X !: XPGRIMENTAL1.'1 1-Z5TE.D TOOL. SET .

Figure 8.9: Predicted circumferential thickness distributions for the intermediate layer with the addition of varying shape wedges to the deflector compared with the "experimental tool set"

Page 257: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

250 -

1'4

C C E 0'8

o Deflector only

A Deflector+ point

E 0•2

I 60 120

0 180 240 300 360

Figure 8.10: Computed final thickness distributions for deflector alone, and combined deflector and point

Page 258: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

251 -

Figure 8.11: One half of the flow channel plotted on the (z,e) plane, showing a typical nodal point being shared by neighbouring elements

Figure 8.12: Sketch showing orthogonal resultant stream function and pressure gradients

Page 259: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 252 -

Poo

Hatt 1H

l cK

mE

s5 0.45 _

I.00

0.50 • ELG MGST r ' ELEMENT

MARCHING TROcEDU.R.E. X AVIET AGIN& METHOD

I r I 1 t I r r r 14.0 $0 12.0 160 2200 240 .260 320 360

Figure 8.13: Predicted circumferential thickness distributions for the intermediate layer with the intermediate deflector design obtained using the two different "inversion" approaches

0.25 0

Page 260: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-253-

Figure 8.14a: Finite element mesh With orthogonal boundaries at inlet and exit

Figure 8.14b: Finite element mesh with non-orthogonal boundaries

Page 261: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 254 -

t

0.5

1.5

2.0

X mil-106-0M At, boU.N ftlES Al INI.GT AND ~XIT

e NoN-01q,7HoG0NA1,. 13O1IPDARIE5

I 1 I I I I I ) 1

o ti.o vo 12.0 160 200 2L.0 c28.0 320 360 0°

Figure 8.15: Predicted circumferential thickness distributions for the two simple meshes with and without orthogonal boundaries

0

Page 262: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 255 -

1.25

1.00

2

2

`no 0.15 2

ot

D.

0.50

0.25 0 160 20 0

9° 8'0 120 4.0 23'0 320

• ORIGINAL, DEFLLC-ToR.

1)-FI-E.CTOR, WITH WEDGE 0 DE-5iGN FROM INIE,R5101,3

360 2)+0

Figure 8.16: Predicted circumferential thickness distributions for the intermediate layer with different deflector designs

Page 263: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

2 3 7 S 5 1f IS IL{- 15 16 10 II 12, 13 20 21 22- 23 24.

t oJ II

R.OW 6

120 ROW 5

ROW 4.

0 vi

i1

0 2.5 1

JL?-1 WIN IbE,R,

60

36

13Z

108

Figure 8.17: Predicted element channel depth distribution for the intermediate layer

Page 264: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 257 -

0.50-

X MATERIAL WITH 0.3 • MAT✓✓RIAL WITH n= 0.3R1

0 MATZ MAL W11H ri = 0.5

o L 0 80 12.0 160 2,00 240 230 320 360 e°

Figure 8.18: Effect of material properties on the circumferential thickness distributions for the intermediate deflector design with the wedge

Page 265: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 258 -

1, 00

0.5 In

UI 2

c)

2 d

0.25

o.

X RA -rMR.1AL WITH n= Q.3

• WITH n.- 0.391 o t{ATer.IE1u. WITH

I I t t t 1 1 1 l {4.0 C50 120 160 2001 ,21.-D 2W 320 360

0

Figure 8.19: Effect of material properties on the circumferential thickness distributions for the intermediate deflector design obtained from the "inversion" analysis

Page 266: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 259 -

CHAPTER 9

GENERAL DISCUSSION AND. CONCLUSIONS

In the previous chapters, FE techniques for the analysis of polymer

melt flow were developed and their applications to die design were

studied. In this chapter, the method and results of the melt flow

analysis and its applications to industrial die design problems are

discussed and the main conclusions drawn from these investigations are

summarised.

9.1 DISCUSSION

The type of polymer melt flow encountered in cable covering crossheads is essentially flow in relatively shallow channels. The general approach

to the analysis of such flows involves the application of continuum

mechanics. Initially, a mathematical model was set up to describe the

non-Newtonian flow in'the crosshead die channels, which was assumed to be

isothermal, steady, laminar, viscous and incompressible. A power-law

constitutive equation was assumed for the melt, and the solutions to the

relevant differential conservation equations were obtained for the

appropriate boundary conditions and melt properties. In view of the

complexity of the conservation equations, many simplifications and

approximations were introduced.

The FEM, due to its geometric flexibility, is suitable for application

to the complex shaped crosshead channel geometry. Although the method

described in this thesis was specifically designed to solve the cable

covering crosshead problem, the same approach is also applicable to other

shallow channel flows and to other problems governed by mathematically

similar equations. In order to solve the problem by a FEM, it was

Page 267: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 260 -

necessary to establish a variational formulation for the resulting

quasi-harmonic partial differential equation. The general variational

approach to the solution of a continuum mechanics problem involves the

minimisation of a functional for conservation equations with respect to

the field variables. The minimisation gave rise to a set of simultaneous

linear equations which were solved, using the Gauss-Seidel iteration

scheme, for the stream function values. While most of the properties

were treated as locally constant, melt viscosity was non-Newtonian,

depending on the local rate of deformation, also on temperature and, to a

lesser extent, on pressure. Viscosity data were obtained from capillary

rheometer measurements. Although polymer melts are •viscoelastic, the

constitutive equations used in the analysis do not take into account both

the viscous and elastic effects. In extrusion processes, elastic effects

are not predominant since melts are subjected to large rates of deformation

for relatively long times. For isothermal flow in extrusion dies, a

power-law fluid model was therefore adequate to represent the pseudoplastic

nature of polymer melts.

The design of extrusion dies is a matter of sufficient importance to

justify a detailed analysis of the factors involved. In the analysis of

the melt flow, it was assumed that the die can be supplied with a

homogeneous stream of molten material. It was also assumed that the

required physical dimensions of the extruded product and the output rate

were specified. A particular die designed for extrusion of a complex

section can only be used to provide one specified product shape, and that

often in one material only, whereas a tubular film die can, by adjustment

of draw-down and blow-up ratios, be used to provide a variety of film

widths and film thicknesses, often in a variety of materials. Therefore,

design criteria have to be specified, bearing in mind the use of multi-

Page 268: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 261 -

purpose dies, where, for example, it is easy to adapt an existing die for

the production of other sections when it becomes redundant. Practical

die design is concerned with the construction of dies for commercial

extrusion where such factors as die cost in relation to the length of run,

ease of construction and dismantling for cleaning and cost of replacement

of component parts are of great importance.

Flow control is the primary object of die design. The correct choice

of flow passages from extruder to die-lips is the essential prerequisite

of a successful die. The general channel geometry is governed by certain

overriding mechanical and thermal requirements and mainly by the flow

behaviour of the materials to be extruded. The strength of individual

components to withstand hydrostatic melt pressure and the need to provide

temperature control at all polymer boundaries where heat transfer is to be

expected are important factors to be considered in die design. In

specifying material flow properties for commonly extruded thermoplastics,

many simplifications have to be made for the purpose of analytical

simplicity and to obtain generality. Those properties that are most

widely characteristic of polymer melts must be selected in order that any

design criteria may have maximum applicability.

Some of the common problems industry faces in making cable include

variable coating thickness, surface roughness, off-centre coating,-grooves

parallel to conductor, and separation of covering from conductor.

Variation in coating thickness could be due to surging in the extruder,

unsteadiness of pay-out, capstan or wind-up reels or variation in

temperature, pressure or motor load. Surface roughness might be overcome

by using dies with longer lands or smaller taper angles. Also, running

the extruder slower or hotter might reduce surface roughness. Off-

centering is usually due to die setting not being adjusted properly or

Page 269: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-262-

internal die design not properly compensating for the bend in the

crosshead. Sagging of low-viscosity plastics due to gravity could be

significant when making cable with relatively thick coating. This pear-

dropping effect could be reduced if the machines are run cooler. Grooves

parallel to the conductor usually occur in heavy cables in long troughs

where the cable, while still warm, scrapes against the trough bottom unless

very high tension is applied. Separation of covering from conductor might

be due to poor adhesion or poor contact in a tubing die which could be

overcome by running the polymer hotter. Other. reasons for separation of

covering include dirty or moist conductor, or cooling of the cable too

fast in which case the plastic shrinks and separates from the conductor.

9.2 CONCLUSIONS

The main objective of the work presented in this thesis was to predict

polymer melt flow behaviour in cable covering equipment, for the purpose

of solving practical industrial problems of machine operation and die

design. The particular application considered was flow in cable covering

crossheads. The approach used was to analyse flow patterns and pressure

distributions in shallow channels, also temperature developments in pressure

flows, and to compare them with experimental results. Computed results

obtainable from the analysis included the distribution of polymer layer

thickness on the finished cable, together with the extrusion pressure

required to maintain a given flow rate of melt. Uniformity of coating

thicknesses in the finished cable is of considerable commercial importance.

In order to satisfy electrical performance criteria, each layer of polymer

must be of a prescribed minimum thickness. If the actual thickness varies

significantly around the circumference of the cable, excess material will

be contained in the thicker parts of the layer. A rational method for

Page 270: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

263 -

designing deflector flow channels is therefore highly desirable.

In order to illustrate the application of the method of analysis, a

typical deflector and point profile were considered. Two solution

domains were analysed, one with just the deflector region with 169 nodal

points and 288 triangular elements, and the other with the point region

added with 247 nodal points and 432 elements. The nodal point and

element numbers were chosen as a result of a compromise between accuracy

and cost of computation. Further refinement of the mesh caused only

insignificant changes in the final results. The predicted dimensionless

thickness distributions of the polymer layer on the finished cable clearly

showed that the deflector alone gives a poor thickness distribution, but

the addition of the point region results in a considerable improvement.

This is because the flow channel dimensions are such that the pressure

drop over the point is substantially greater than that over the deflector.,

Therefore, the axial symmetry of the tapered point region dominates the

lack of symmetry associated with the deflector to give a reasonably

acceptable thickness distribution.

Full scale extrusion experiments were carried out concerning the

performance of an extrusion crosshead used in the three-layer covering of

high voltage electrical cables. Both extrusion pressure requirements and

circumferential distributions of polymer layer thicknesses in the finished

cable were measured and compared with the results of the finite element

method of melt flow analysis within the crosshead. While agreement on

pressure was good, it was necessary to allow for the effects of both

gravity, in relatively thick layers, and slight misalignments of crosshead

components if the thickness distributions were to be correlated

satisfactorily. The latter effect emphasises the need for a high degree

of accuracy in crosshead design and manufacture.

Page 271: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-264-

An initial assumption of the melt flow analysis was that the flow is

isothermal. In order to confirm the validity of this assumption, a

somewhat simplified form of the actual melt flow in the crosshead was

considered. Taking typical channel dimensions, operating conditions and

material properties for melt flow in cable covering crossheads, the values

of the dimensionless parameters were found. While the magnitude of the

Graetz number implied that the heat transfer within the flow is dominated

by thermal convection, the size of the Griffith number ensured that the

resulting temperature changes have only small effects on the velocity

profiles, and the isothermal flow assumption is valid. This conclusion

was confirmed by detailed computations of developing temperature and

velocity profiles which show that, for example, overall pressure drops are

within one per cent of the values computed for isothermal flows.

The emphasis of the work has been on the application of the results

and methods to solving practical problems. It was shown how the method

of analysis for shallow channels can be applied to crosshead design. The

extrusion die performance could be predicted from a knowledge of material

properties, flow geometry and operating conditions. For a given set of

specifications, it was possible to find optimum designs by means of

modifying the deflector contours, varying the taper angles of the points,

or adding flow obstructions, such as a wedge, to the deflector. The only

drawback of this method was that a few test cases had to be tried out

before deciding on the better design. The alternative was to invert the

method of analysis whereby, given a stream function distribution in the

flow region, the channel depth distribution can be found. From the

results, it was concluded that to achieve improved crosshead design for

practical purposes, the addition of a wedge shape to the deflector is

preferred to obtaining a design using the inversion technique which gives

Page 272: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 265 -

rise to a deflector design with quite a lot of variation in channel depth,

and which produces only marginally better cable uniformity than the former.

Finally, for a given design, the sensitivity of cable thickness uniformity

to material properties, mainly the power-law index, n, was studied. The

results suggested that, if a design has to be made for use. for a range of

materials, then the optimum design for the material with the lowest power

law index, i.e. most non-Newtonian, should be used.

Page 273: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 266 -

APPENDIX Al

REPRESENTATION OF C1, C2 AND C3 IN TERMS

OF THE NODAL POINT VALUES OF STREAM FUNCTION

Multiplying equation (4.25) with aj and equation (4.26) with ak,

gives:

a. =

ak ')k

a. + C2 . a

k - C3 a. bk

C1 ak - C2 aj ak + C3 ak b.

Using equation (4.24) and adding equations (A1.1) and (A1.2):

a~ +a — (a. + ak) pZ kJ — a.d bi() .(A1.3)

But, from Figure 4.2:

— a. — a. = ak or a?

+ ak = — a. (A1.4)

Therefore: a2 Z + aj tpj + ak = C3 (ak b. — a. bk) (A1.5)

The area of the element, m, in Figure 4.2 can be worked out as

follows:

(area of surrounding rectangle) - (area of triangles outside element)

- 2 a. b.+2 aj b. a

(ak bj +' ak (b. + bk) — a . b . + a. b .)

Page 274: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-267-

From Figure 4.2:

-b. - bk = b. or bj.+bk = b.

=

(A1.6)

Therefore: 4 lak b bi (ak + a.) + a~ b.)

Om = z (ak b. + a. (b. + b.) )

4 lak b. - a. bk ) (A1.7)

Substituting equation (A1.7) into equation (A1.5):

a. t2+a. ~+ ak lk C3 =

which can be represented in matrix form as:

2A in

C3 = 26, ~ ai aj ak) (A1.8)

Similarly, C2 can be represented in terms of the stream function values at

the nodal points. Multiplying equation (4.25) with bi and equation (4.26)

with bk' gives:

bJ

q = C1 b. + C2 ak bi C3 bi bk (A1.9)

bk ~ = C1 bk - C2 a. bk + C3 b. bk (A1.10)

Page 275: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 268 -

Using equations (4.24) and (A1.6) and adding equations (A1.9) and (A1.10):

bi bj V + bk Vk = C2 (ak bj — aj bk)

Therefore: b2 V2 + bi Vi+bk 11,k

2A

which can be represented in matrix form as:

C2 20 (bi bj bk)

(A1.11)

Combining equations (A1.8) and (A1.11) gives:

[

C2j 1 b. bij bk

C3 2 m a2 aj ak

(B) 2 m (A1.12)

which is identical to equation (4.27).

Page 276: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-269-

APPENDIX A2

h2-EXTRAPOLATION TECHNIQUE

That it is necessary to use a large number of elements and nodal.

points to achieve satisfactory convergence of finite element methods is

due to the fact that shape functions, such as equation (4.23), provide

only approximate representations of the true variations. A Taylor series

expansion about the origin of the local coordinates shown in Figure 4.2

for the stream function gives:

ip (z', e') = . + lz' az f e' aē ,J ,y f 2 lz' az , f e' a8 J 2 f ( A2.1)

the derivatives being evaluated at the origin. Now, the stream function

at the node j can be written as:

= ak az bk ae'J + 2 (ak az — bk ae 'J2 f ''' (A2.2)

But, from equation (4.23), a4)/az' = C2 and ai,/ae' = C3. Therefore,

equation (4.25) can be re-written as:

z a b 34) = ' ak az' k ae ' (A2.3)

The error involved in using equation (A2.3) as a truncated form of equation

(A2.2) to represent the stream function at the point j is of the order of:

2 2 2

2 (ak az ,2 - 2 ak. bk az' ae' f

bk 2 3132J (A2.4)

This truncation error is of the order of the square of the dimensions of

Page 277: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 270 -

the element and tends to zero as the element size is reduced.

If solutions ip(1) are obtained when the typical element dimension is

h, and another set tp(2) when it is reduced to zh (that is, when four times

as many elements are used), then if p are the true solutions:

11) tp (1) f e h2 = (2) + 4 e h2 (A2.5)

where e is the constant of proportionality in the error term. Eliminating

this term:

3 i4 — i

(2) (11) (A2.6)

This process of obtaining improved solutions is often referred to as

"h2-extrapolation".

Page 278: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 271 -

APPENDIX A3

PRESSURE DROP BETWEEN TRANSDUCER AND

MELT INLET TO THE DEFLECTOR

The flow analysis used here for the annular section shown in Figure

5.46a is similar to the one described by Fenner (1970) for an annular

section round the torpedo in a wire coating die unit. A dimensionless

flow rate, nQ, may be defined as:

= Q/C H V (A3.1)

where Q is the volumetric flow rate, H is the mean radial gap of the

annulus:

H =

(A3.2)

2

V is the constant speed of the wire through the die which does not apply

in this case and therefore has to be eliminated, and C is the mean

circumference:

_ (d1 f d2)/2

The dimensionless pressure gradient, Trp, may take the form:

= — z H T 7p

(A3.3)

(A3.4)

where P is the pressure gradient in downstream z-direction, and ;"-- is the

mean shear stress defined at the mean shear rate, V/H:

= u v/H (A3.5)

Page 279: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 272 -

where Tis the viscosity defined at a mean melt temperature and mean shear

rate, Q/AH, where A is the cross-sectional area of the annulus:

uu ( Q )n-1

m A H y 0

(A3.6)

where Um

is the effective viscosity (in the power-law equation) at the

mean melt temperature and reference shear rate, yo, n being the power-law

index.

,r Q and Trp may be combined to eliminate V using equation (A3.5) and .

define a new annular flow parameter:

7TQ

7r

p

Qu

C H3 (- Pz) (A3.7)

In general, TrA will be a function of n and K, the diameter ratio of the

annulus (K = d2/d1). The numerical solution of this problem reveals that,.

for small values of K, TrA is nearly independent of K (see Fenner (1970)).

The exact solution for K = 1 may therefore be used:

1 2n n nA 22n+1 (2n + 1) (A3.8)

The errors involved in using this expression when K is greater than unity

are less than 1% for K = 2 and less than 2% for K = 3 over the practical

range of power-law index, 0.2 , n , 1. Equation (A3.8) is identical to

the result obtained by McKelvey (1962) based on the work of Fredrickson &

Bird (1958).

Using equations (A3.7) and (A3.8), the downstream pressure gradient,

Pz, can be worked out and hence the pressure drop in the annular section,

(dp)1, (Figure 5.46) can be calculated. In order to be able to calculate

Page 280: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 273 -

(dp)2, an axisymmetric pipe flow analysis has to be made. Applying the

momentum conservation equation in the z-direction, and assuming a fully

developed flow:

1 a Pz - az = r 3r (r Trz ) (A3.9)

where r is the radial distance from the axis of the pipe, and z is the

distance along the pipe axis, as shown in Figure 5.46b, Trz being the shear

stress component. Integrating equation (A3.9), bearing in mind that, due

to symmetry, Trz = 0 at r = 0:

P P Trz -.

(A3.10) 2

Using the constitutive equation:

Trz = u

dr

dvz (A3.11)

where: l 2 n-1 Y

(A3.12)

12

being the second principal invariant of the rate of deformation tensor.

Fenner (1970) has shown that, for capillary flow:

dv I2

1 l z)2

dr

1 (

1 dvz - ° ~o dr

therefore:

n-1

Substituting (A3.14) into equation (A3.11) and using equation (A3.10):

dvz

dv r P dv )n-1 z = z z 0 (A3.15)

dr 2 dr 110

dr

Page 281: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

274 -

n-1 dvz - - (Yo ( z))1/n r1/n = - C r1/n

dr Ito 2 1 (A3.16)

where: n-1

_ (~0 ( Pz))1/n

po 2 (A3.17)

Integrating equation (A3.16):

- C.. r 1/n+1

_ + A (A3.18) 1/n + 1

Applying the no-slip boundary condition, v = 0 at r = D/2, therefore:

vz

Cl {(2)1/n+1 - r1/714-11

1/n+1 (A3.19)

The flow rate: D/2

= 21r f vz r dr

therefore: Q Tr

C1 6-D) 1

/n+3

(1/n + 3) _ 2

(A3.20)

Thus, using equations (A3.20) and (A3.17), the pressure gradient, Pz, in

the pipe section can be worked out and hence the pressure drop, (dp)2, can

be calculated. Therefore, the total pressure drop between transducer and

melt inlet to the deflector is:

dp = (dp)1 + (dp)2 (A3.21)

Page 282: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 275 -

APPENDIX A4

DERIVATION OF THE EQUILIBRIUM EQUATIONS

FOR A THIN CYLINDRICAL SHELL

The first step in the derivation of the equilibrium equations (see

Timoshenko & Woinowsky-Krieger (1959)) is to establish formulae for the

angular displacements of the sides BC and AB with reference to the sides

OA and OC of the element, respectively (Figure 6.9a). In these

calculations, the displacements u, v and w are considered to be very small.

The angular motions produced by each of these displacements are calculated

and the resultant angular displacements are obtained by superposition.

Let us first consider the rotation of the side BC with respect to

the side OA. This rotation can be resolved into three component rotations

with respect to the x, y and z axes. The rotations of the sides OA and BC

with respect to the x-axis are caused by the displacements vand w. Since

the displacements v represent motion of the. sides OA and BC in the

circumferential direction (Figure 6.8), if a is the radius of the middle

surface of the cylinder, the corresponding rotation of side OA about the

x-axis is v/a, and that of side BC is:

a (v dx) f ax

Thus, owing to the displacements v, the relative angular motion of BC with

respect to OA about the x-axis is•

1 3v a ax

(A4.1)

Because of the displacements w, the side OA rotates about the x-axis

Page 283: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 276 -

through the angle aw/(a 4), and the side BC through the angle:

a aaa ax (ā4) dx

Thus, because of the displacements w, the relative angular displacement is:

a ax(

aw a a~) dx (A4.2)

Summing up equations (A4.1) and (A4.2), the relative angular displacement

about the x-axis of side BC with respect to side OA is:

1 DV 2

a( axax 4)`x

(A4.3)

The rotation about the y-axis of side BC with respect to side OA is

caused by bending of the generatrices in axial planes and is equal to:

— a2w (A4.4) ax2

The rotation about the z-axis of side BC with respect to side OA is due to

bending of the generatrices in tangential planes and is equal to:

a2v dx ax2

(A4.5)

The three expressions (A4.3), (A4.4) and (A4.5) thus give the three

components of rotation of the side BC with respect to the side OA.

Let us now establish the corresponding expressions for the angular

displacement of side AB with respect to side OC. Because of the curvature

of the cylindrical shell, the initial angle between the lateral sides AB

Page 284: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 277 -

and.00 of the element OABC is d4. However, because of the displacements

v and w, this angle will be changed. The rotation of OC about the x-axis

is:

v + aw

a a 4

The corresponding rotation for AB is:

ā aad~ + ( ~ā + aad~) d~

Therefore, the relative rotation of AB with respect to OC is:

2

a ~ a ' +

a w) 4 42

Hence, the initial angle 4 must now be replaced by:

4+ ā (ā + az')d~ a~

(A4.6)

(A4.7)

In order to calculate the angle of rotation about the y-axis of side AB

with respect to the side OC, let us first consider the rotation of side OC.

During deformation, OC rotates through an angle equal to -Wax about the

y-axis and through an angle equal to av/ax about the z-axis. Side AB, as

a result of the displacement w, rotates about the y-axis by:

- 3x -ā (ax) d~

Hence, the relative rotation of AB with respect to OC due to the

displacement w about the y-axis is:

Page 285: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

278 -

āc (ax) d~ (A4.8)

The rotation of OC in the plane tangent to the shell is:

av + a (av/ax) d ax act,

Because of the central angle do between the two sides, the latter rotation

has a component with respect to the y-axis equal to:

av āx dq (A4.9)

A small quantity of second order is neglected in this expression (see

Timoshenko & Woinowsky-Krieger (1959)). From the two expressions (A4.8)

and (A4.9), the total angle of rotation between the two sides, about the

y-axis is:

D2w Dv (

3x āx) d~ (A4.10)

Rotation about the z-axis of the side AB with respect to OC is caused by

the displacements v and w. Because of the displacement v, the angle of

rotation of side OC is av/ax, and that of side AB is:

9-0 ax a āc ~āx)

a (.4.4)

so that the relative angular displacement is:

a Dv

a 34) ~ax a dcp (A4.11)

Page 286: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-279-

Because of the displacement w, the side AB rotates in the axial plane by

the angle Wax. The component of this rotation with respect to the

z-axis is:

ax 4

•(A4.12)

Joining the two expressions (A4.11) and (A4.12) gives the relative angular

displacement about the z-axis of side AB with respect to OC as:

( a2v a-)d4

aq) ax ax (A4.13)

Having obtained the relative angular displacements, the next step is to

derive the three equations of equilibrium of the element OABC by projecting

all the forces on the x, y and z axes. Beginning with the forces

parallel to the resultant forces, x and Ncpx, and projecting them on the

x-axis, we obtain:

aN aN x dx a 4 ,

(1)x acl) ax ax a4

(A4.14)

Because of the angle of rotation represented by equation (A4.13), the

forces parallel to Ncl) give a component in the x-direction equal to:

— N a2v aw

a ax āx1 4 d (A4.15)

Because of the rotation represented by equation (A4.5), the forces parallel

to x~

give a component in the x-direction equal to:

— Nxq a2v dx a 4ax2

(A4.16)

Page 287: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 280 -

Finally, because of the angles of rotation represented by equations (A4.4)

and (A4.10), the forces parallel to Qx and Q0 give components in the

x-direction equal to:

- Qx ax2

dx a d0 - Q0 (a92ax

+ 9v)

d0 dx (A4.17) Dx

Summing up all the forces represented by equations (A4.15) to (A4.17), the

equilibrium equation in the x-direction is obtained as:

aN dx a d0 + aN,x

d0 dx — N~ (

a2V

dx 8 ax ax)

d~ ax 30

- N a 2v dx a d0 -x0

ax2 ax2 dx a d0 - Q~ (

a0 a2w

ax) d0 dx =

Similarly, equilibrium equations in the y and z-directions can be obtained.

Assuming that the only external force acting on the element is a normal

pressure of intensity q, the three equilibrium equations can be simplified

to:

a a + aNOx a N a2v - a Q

a2w

ax DO x~

ax2 x

ax2

- N ( 92v aw)

0 a0 ax ax (aV a2w )

(ax a0 ax 0 (A4.18)

DN, aN 2 +a x'+a N a vv

30 ax x

ax2

av a2w Qx ( āx ax a0 )

+ N ( a2v aw) Q (1 + av + a2w ) _ 0x ax a0 ax a a4

a ,a(1)2

(A4.19)

Page 288: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 281 -

a aQx ~ 3(4 + a N a22

+ x f ax + ax2ā~)

ax D(1) ax

2 2v + N, (1 + aaa~ + a aa 2)

+ N~x fax + ax a~) f q a = 0 (A4.20)

Page 289: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

N = E h (ex + v eA) ~ 1 - v2

- 282 -

APPENDIX A5

DERIVATION OF THE DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS FOR THE

DISPLACEMENTS OF A THIN CYLINDRICAL SHELL

Timoshenko & Woinowsky-Krieger (1959) have shown that the resultant

forces, x, N~ and x~, a nd the moments x, M an d x~

can be expressed in

terms of the three strain components, ex, e and ex, of the middle surface

of the element OABC and the three curvature changes xx, x4 and xxo as

follows:

E h

1 - v2 (A5.1)

E h Nx~ N.cpx 2 (1 f v) excp

- D (xx t v x ,) Mo _ - D (x( f v xx)

(A5.2)

x~ _ - M x = D (1 - v) xx(P

where D is the flexural rigidity of the shell, defined as:

D E h3

12 (1 - v2) (A5.3)

Substituting equations (A5.1) and (A5.2) into the three simplified

equations of equilibrium and moments represented by equation (6.21), we

have:

a Eh (e +v e) + Eh a (e ) 1 - v2

,,`1. x 2 (1 f v) 8 x~

Page 290: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 283 -

E v a (e q + v e) + a 1 2 x 2 (1 + v) ax(exp)

D (1 — v) ā (xx(1)) + ā 4 (x( + v xx) = 0

(A5.4)

E h (e, + v ex) — D (1 — v) ax a~ (xx~ ) — a D a (xx v x)

1 v2 ax2

a2 2 — D (1 — v) ax a ( xx(p ) — ā a 2

(Act,

+ v xx) + a

Timoshenko & Woinowsky-Krieger (1959) have shown that the strain

components and curvature changes can be represented in terms of the

displacements u, v and w as follows:

= au ex āx

_ av w _ au av

a acp a exp a 4 ax

(A5.5)

a2w x(P

1 Dv a2w a (aX + ax acp)

axe a2 DO2 ,

Therefore, substituting equation (A5.5) into equation (A5.4), the

differential equations for the displacements of a thin cylindrical shell

can be obtained as shown below:

a au av v 1— v a au av =

ax (ax + v a 4 a w)

+ 2a 4 (a a~ ax) 0

a av w au 1— v a au av aa (a a

4 a + v āx) + a 2 āx (a a + āx)

h2(1 — vJ a av a2w h2 a 1 av 1 a2w pawl

+ 12a ax (ax + ax a~) + 12a ac (a2 aT + a2

8 2 + v ax2

(A5.6)

and:

Page 291: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 284 -

av w + v Du h2 (1 -v) a2 (av + a2w ) a 4 a ax 12a ax 4ax ax a~

h2 a a2 a2w ____v av 2L.121; _ h2 (1 - v) a2 av 12 axe (axe a2 a~ a2 a~2~ 12a ax a~

(av

a2w ax af

h2 a2 ( Z av 1 a2w v ) a 2w + q a (1 - v2)

12a42 a2 a~ a2 acp2 ax2 E h D

The above equations can further be simplified to give the displacement

equations as follows:

a2u 1+ v a2v v aw 1- v a2u 3032

2a ax 4 a x 2

1 a2v 1 aw 1+ v a2u 4. — a2v4. a 42 a 4 2 ax 4

a 2 ax2

+ h2 (1 — v) D2 + h2 a3w + 1 a3w 12a

3x2 a2 42 12a ax2 4 a2 43,

1 av _ w + au _ h2 (2 - v a3v 1 a 3y) a 4 a ax 12 a ax2 a(1) a3 a~3

h2 (2 a4w + a a4w

1 a4w) + a q (Z - v2)

12 a ax2 a~2

ax4 a3 a~4

E h

ad,2

(A5.7

Page 292: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

i r r = R

(n - 1) (A6.2)

-285-

APPENDIX A6

GENERATION OF A CIRCULAR MESH OF TRIANGULAR ELEMENTS

In this appendix, generation of a circular mesh containing triangular

elements of approximately uniform size will be described, similar to the

one shown in Figure 6.12. Let nc be the number of elements at the centre

and nr be the number of nodal points along a horizontal radius. Normally,

n is assigned an integer value between five and eight to ensure that the

element angles at the centre are reasonably close to the angles of an

equilateral triangle of 60°, for reasons of convergence (see Fenner (1975)).

The value of nr is the main parameter determining the total number of

elements in the mesh. Let it be used to count outwards from the centre,

both the rings of elements and the rings of nodal points, ignoring the

centre point, where:

1 . ir nr - 1 (A6.1

If the mesh has a radius of R, and the radial spacing of the rings of

nodes is uniform, then the radius, r, of a typical ring defined by it is:

In order to keep the sizes of the elements approximately uniform, the

number of points per ring, nc ir, is proportional to the radius and hence

to the circumference of the ring. The innermost and outermost rings

contain, respectively, nc and nc (nr, - 1) nodal points and the total

number of nodes, nnp, is:

ne nr r - 1) -t 1 (A6.3)

Page 293: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-286-

The number of elements per ring is nc (2ir - 1) and since the innermost

and outermost rings contain, respectively, nc and nc (2nr - 3) elements,

the total number of elements, nel , is:

ne Z = nc (nr - 1) 2 (A6.4)

Let the origin of the global coordinates X and Y be at the centre of

the circle, and a be the angular coordinate measured in an anticlockwise

direction from the x-axis (see Figure 6.12). Let ie be used to count the

nodes in a particular ring in the anticlockwise direction starting from

e = 0, where:

nc Zr (A6.5)

The angular coordinate, e, of a typical node defined by it and ie can then

be given as:

e = (ie — 1) nti c r (A6.6)

and the global coordinates i and Yi can be expressed as:

. = r cos 6 , I. r sin 6 (A6.7)

Page 294: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

ai, aj, ak

a1, a2, a3

B

Br

- 287 -

NOTATION

The mathematical symbols commonly used in this thesis are briefly

defined in alphabetical order in the following list. Where there are two

or more definitions for the same symbol, the relevant chapter or section

is indicated in parentheses. When no such restriction is given for one

of the definitions, it applies everywhere other than for the alternative

definitions. More detailed definitions may be found in or near these

equations. Many of the symbols and definitions used in the Appendices

are the same as in the main text, being derived from the section which

refers to the particular appendix.

Symbol Definition

A a function of temperature and pressure in Arrhenius equation (Section 2.3.1)

A cross-sectional area of the annulus shown in Figure 5.46a (Appendix A3)

A dimensionless coordinate along flow channel (Chapter 7)

A magnitude of resultant stream function gradient (Section 8.3)

a mean radius of a cylindrical shell (Section 6.4)

element dimensions (Figure 4.2)

constants in general boundary condition equation (4.17)

a function of temperature and shear rate (or shear stress) in pressure dependence equation (Section 2.3.2)

magnitude of resultant pressure gradient orthogonal to A (Section 8.3)

element dimension matrix

modified element dimension matrix

Brinkman number

Page 295: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 288 -

Symbol Definition

b temperature coefficient of viscosity at constant shear rate

b., b., bk element dimensions (Figure 4.2)

C "consistency" (viscosity) in power-law equation

C mean circumference of annular gap shown in Figure 5.46a (Appendix A3)

melt specific heat at constant pressure

CZE conduction term defined in equation (7.38) (Chapter 7)

C1 a function of Pz in axisymmetric pipe flow analysis, defined in equation (A3.16) (Appendix A3)

C C2, C3 constants in stream function distribution equation (4.23) (Chapter 4)

C1 to C6 constants in displacement equations (6.47) and (6.48) (Section 6.5)

C2 r - cos a C2 (Chapter 4)

c a constant defined in equation (6.4) which is equal to the distance of the lowest point of the catenary, C, from the origin, 0 (Figure 6.2c)

c circumferential dimension (Section 8.3)

D capillary diameter

distance along streamline crossing a particular element (Section 5.5.4)

D pipe diameter (Appendix A3)

flexural rigidity of a shell defined in equation (A5.3) (Appendix A5)

D elastic property matrix defined in equation (6.60) (Section 6.5.1)

ratio of B to A (Section 8.3)

dissipation term defined in equation (7.37) (Chapter 7)

inner diameter of outer die shown in Figure 8.1 (Section 8.2)

d1, d2 inner and outer diameters of annulus shown in Figure 5.46a (Appendix A3)

D

Dse

D1

Page 296: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-289-

Symbol Definition

E activation energy in Arrhenius equation (Section 2.3.1)

E Young's modulus

E* modified E defined in equation (6.61)

EF' offset outer radius of inner point shown in Figure 6.4b (equation (6.16))

EF' offset inner radius of outer die shown in Figure 6.6b (equation (6.17))

E'F' outer radius of inner point shown in Figure 6.4b. (Section 6.3)

E'F' inner radius of outer die shown in Figure 6.6b (Section 6.3)

EG inner radius of intermediate point shown in Figure 6.4b (Section 6.3)

EK outer radius of outer point shown in Figure 6.6b (Section 6.3)

Econd heat output by conduction defined in equation (7.51)

Econv heat output by convection defined in equation (7.49)

Emech mechanical power input defined in equation (7.48)

E' dimensionless Econd

defined in equation (7.64) cond

Econv dimensionless. Econv

defined in equation (7.55)

E1, E2 Young's moduli for conductor and polymer, respectively (Chapter 6)

E, E2, E3 constants in pressure distribution equation (8.9) (Section 8.3)

element strain vector defined in equation (6.50) (Section 6.5)

er relative error defined in equation (4.43) (Section 4.3)

eT truncation error defined in equation (A2.4) (Appendix A2)

ex, ecb, exo

strain components (Appendix A5)

.. rate of deformation tensor i~

exx, eyy' ezz ,

exy' yz' ezx } direct and shear components of strain or strain rate

(Section 6.5)

Page 297: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 290 -

Symbol Definition

F lateral force exerted by conductor on tip of inner point (Section 6.2)

vector of overall externally applied forces (Section 4.3)

F. subvector of externally applied force components at node i (Section 6.5.1)

G shear modulus (equation (6.45))

G vector of overall body forces applied to the nodes

G Griffith number (Chapter 7)

Gz Graetz number (Chapter 7)

G. subvector of overall body force components at node i

GZm) body force at node i due to element m

G2 effective shear modulus of polymer (Chapter 6)

H mean radial gap of annulus shown in Figure 5.46a (Appendix A3)

H local channel depth (Section 6.3)

h depth of flow channel

h thickness of a cylindrical shell (Section 6.4)

mean channel depth over an element

h1 channel depth at inlet (Chapter 7)

I integral defined in equation (4.8) (Section 4.2)

I second moment of area for bending

I1, I2, 13 principal invariants of the rate of deformation tensor

i subscript referencing nodal points

i node number defined in relation to NN (equations (8.16) and (8.17))

it counter for circular rings of nodes and elements (Appendix A6)

ie counter for nodes and elements around a circular ring (Appendix A6)

subscript referencing nodal points

Page 298: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 291 -

Symbol Definition

node number defined in relation to NN (equations (8.16) and (8.17))

(K) overall stiffness matrix

k melt thermal conductivity (Chapter 3, Chapter 7)

k subscript referencing nodal points

k node number defined in relation to NN (equations (8.16) and (8.17))

(k)m element stiffness matrix

krs submatrix of k

k1, k3 functions of e,z and derivatives of ly (Section 4.2)

k2 function of z (Section 4.2)

L capillary length (Section 2.2)

L length of flow channel

L length of inner point (Section 6.2)

Ed axial length of deflector

Lp axial length of point

Z node number defined in relation to NN (equations (8.16) and (8.17))

M number of elements shared by a particular node (Section 4.4)

M 4x bending moments per unit length of axial section and a section perpendicular to the axis of a cylindrical shell, respectively

x~ twisting moment per unit length of an axial section of a cylindrical shell

M1 inner diameter of intermediate point shown in Figure 8.1 (Section 8.2)

M1 to M6 elements sharing node NN shown in Figure 8.11 (Section 8.3)

m subscript or superscript referencing element number

m superscript denoting iteration numbers (Section 4.3)

m node number defined in relation to NN (equations (8.16) and (8.17))

Page 299: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Symbol

N

NN

NXPT

Na

Nci)' x' x(15

- 292 -

n

n

n

n

nc

nel

nnp

P

P

Definition

total number of elements a particular streamline crosses (Section 5.5.4)

number of cycles of iteration for convergence (Section 5.5.2)

a node in the mesh shown in Figure 8'.11 (Section 8.3)

number of points in the x-direction

Nahme number

membrane forces per unit length of axial section and a section perpendicular to the axis of a cylindrical shell

inner diameter of outer point shown in Figure 8.1 (Section 8.2)

power-law index

subscript referencing node numbers

outward normal to the boundary of a solution domain (Figure 4.1) (equations (4.13) to (4.17))

number of cycles of iteration (Section 4.3)

node number defined in relation to NN (equations (8.16) and (8.17) )

gradient of the graph of logarithmic shear stress plotted against apparent shear rate

number of elements at centre of a circular mesh

number of nodes along a horizontal radius of a circular mesh

total number of elements (Appendix A6),

total number of nodal points (Appendix A6)

capillary rheometer reservoir pressure (Section 2.2)

pressure defined in equation (7.34) (Chapter 7)

dimensionless pressure defined in equation (7.35) (Chapter 7)

Pecl et. number

pressure gradient in transverse x-direction

Page 300: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

293 -

Symbol Definition

Pz pressure gradient in downstream z-direction

PZ inner diameter of inner point shown in Figure 8.1 (Section 8.2)

P2 outer diameter of inner point shown in Figure 8.1 (Section 8.2)

p pressure

(dp)1 pressure drop in annular section shown in Figure 5.46a (Appendix A3)

(dp)2 pressure drop in cylindrical section shown in Figure 5.46a (Appendix A3)

(dp) total pressure drop between transducer and melt inlet to the deflector, defined in equation (A3.20) (Appendix A3)

Q volumetric flow rate in capillary (Section 2.2)

Q volumetric flow rate in annular section shown in Figure 5.46a (Appendix A3)

Q volumetric flow rate per unit width normal to the section shown in Figure 7.1 (Chapter 7)

Qs, Qx, Qe volumetric flow rates per unit width in the s, x and e directions

Qe Qx shearing forces parallel to z-axis per unit length of an axial section and a section perpendicular to the axis of a cylindrical shell, respectively (Section 6.4)

q intensity of a normal pressure acting on a shell (Section 6.4)

R gas constant in Arrhenius equation (Section 2.3.1)

radius of circular mesh (Appendix A6)

Ri subvector of internally applied forces (and moments) at node i of an element

m vector of internal forces (and moments) applied to an element at its nodes

r radial coordinate

r mean distance of flow channel from axis

mean value of r over an element

Page 301: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 294 -

Symbol Definition

S dimensionless channel depth (Chapter 7)

Sm average S for two consequent nodes, defined in equation (7.41) (Chapter 7)

Sout value of S at exit from flow channel (Chapter 7)

s resultant direction of flow

s distance measured along the cable (Section 6.2)

T absolute temperature (equation (2.9))

T melt temperature

T period of one complete cycle of the Andouart pressure fluctuation (Section 5.4.2)

T internal tensile force at a point D, directed along the tangent to the cable at D (Section 6.2)

T* dimensionless melt temperature defined in equation (7.11)

bulk mean temperature defined in equation (7.50)

Tb temperature of boundary

TZn bulk mean temperature at inlet to flow channel

Tout bulk mean temperature at exit from flow channel

Tin dimensionless bulk mean temperature at inlet to flow channel

Tout dimensionless bulk mean temperature at exit from flow channel

TXY residence time along streamline XY (Section 5.5.4)

To reference temperature for viscosity determinations

To tension force at point C of the cable shown in Figure 6.2b (Section 6.2)

T1

~dT )n

t1-a U.

melt temperature at inlet

time taken to cross the nth element along a streamline (Section 5.5.4)

stress tensor (Section 2.5)

dimensionless velocity in x-direction (Chapter 7)

Page 302: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 295 -

Symbol Definition

force component in x-direction applied internally to an element at its node i (Section 6.5.1)

U.

Vi

w

w

w

X, Y

3 s1

xi

velocity component in x-direction

displacement in x-direction (Sections 6.4 and 6.5)

local mean velocity in s-direction (Section 3.5)

mean velocity of melt within the element (Section 5.5.4)

mean velocity (Chapter 7)

force component in y-direction applied internally to an element at its node i (Section 6.5.1)

velocity component in y-direction

velocity in s-direction (Section 3.5)

displacement in y-direction (Sections 6.4 and 6.5)

velocity components in the general x2 and x, coordinate directions., respectively (Section 3.4)

velocity component in the axial z-direction of a pipe (Appendix A3)

resultant of distributed load supported by the portion of cable CD (Section 6.2)

velocity component in z-direction

load per unit length of cable, s (Section 6.2)

displacement in z-direction (Sections 6.4 and 6.5)

dimensionless coordinates along and normal to flow channel (Chapter 7)

local components of the body forces per unit volume acting on the continuum in the coordinate directions (Section 6.5)

global Cartesian coordinates (Appendix A6)

coordinates along and normal to flow channel (Chapter 7)

Cartesian coordinates

coordinate system used for a cylindrical shell (Figure 6.8) (Section 6.4)

general Cartesian coordinate (Section 3.4)

u

V

V

V i., V j

Page 303: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 296 -

Symbol Definition

z constant defined in equation (6.27) (Section 6.4)

z axial coordinate (Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.5 and Chapter 4)

z' local axial coordinate (Chapter 4)

Greek Symbols

a pressure coefficient of viscosity (Section 2.3.2)

a inclination of flow channel to axis

a angle by which the head on the catenary plant is off- line (Figure 6.1) (Section 6.2)

a stability term (Section 7.6)

a angle A makes with the z-axis (Figure 8.12) (equations (8.7) and (8.8))

a function of element dimensions (equations (8.14) to (8.17))

a. nodal point constant in temperature development analysis (Section 7.6)

6 angular misalignment between the axes of the points forming the flow channels (Section 5.6.1.2)

function of element dimensions (equations (8.14) to (8.17))

s. nodal point constant in temperature development analysis (Section 7.6)

S1' 2, (33 locally constant functions of stream function gradients (Section 8.3)

shear rate (in simple shear flow)

angle between the outward normal, n, and the x-axis (Figure 4.1) (equations (4.13) to (4.17))

function of element dimensions (equations (8.14) to (8.17) )

mean shear rate in flow channel

apparent shear rate at capillary wall

nodal point constant in temperature development analysis (Section 7.6)

I •

Page 304: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 297 -

Symbol

Yo

Definition

reference shear rate in empirical power-law constitutive equation

difference operator defining change in the subsequent quantity

Am element area in (z,6) plane

d deflection of tip of inner point (Section 6.2)

(ō) overall vector of nodal point stream function values

ōi unknown such as displacement or stream function at node i

Si subvector of displacements at node i (Section 6.5.1)

si value of S• obtained from equation (4.41) to be substituted into equation (4.42) (Section 4.3)

6.. Kronecker delta se

6 nodal point constant in temperature development analysis. (Section 7.6)

Sm element vector of nodal point stream function values (Chapter 4)

sm element displacement vector (Chapter 6)

a tolerance limit; the prescribed value of the degree of accuracy

constant of proportionality in trucation error term (Appendix A2)

an unknown (nodal point stream function value) (Chapter 4)

111 generalised viscosity (= 2p)

2 generalised cross-viscosity

e angular coordinate

e angle the cable makes at point D, with the horizontal (Figure 6.2b) (Section 6.2)

e angle the cylindrical shell subtends at the centre (Figure 6.10) (equations (6.30) and (6.31))

e' local angular coordinate (Chapter 4)

K diameter ratio of annulus (d2/d1 ) shown in Figure 5.46a (Appendix A3)

Page 305: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 298 -

Symbol Definition

a parameter defined in equation (4.2)

a stability parameter (Section 7.7.1)

melt viscosity (in simple shear flow)

viscosity at mean shear rate

apparent viscosity in capillary flow

effective viscosity (in the power-law equation) at the mean melt temperature and reference shear rate, y

o

effective viscosity (in the power-law equation) at reference temperature, To, and shear rate, yo

polymer viscosity (Chapter 6)

Poisson's ratio

v* modified v defined in equation (6.61)

v1, v2 Poisson's ratios for conductor and polymer, respectively (Chapter 6)

A annular flow parameter defined in equation (A3.6)

dimensionless pressure gradient

dimensionless flow rate defined in equation (A3.1) (Appendix A3)

melt density

densities for conductor and polymer, respectively (Chapter 6)

element stress vector

u

Pa

um

112

Trp

.JrQ

P

P1. P2

6xx' Qyy' azz' 6xy' yz azx

} direct and shear components of stress (Section 6.5)

Tza

Trz

T xy

shear stress (in simple shear flow)

mean shear stress defined at the mean shear rate (Appendix A3)

viscous stress tensor

shear stress in a pipe (Appendix A3)

viscous stress (Chapter 7)

T

T

Page 306: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 299 -

Symbol Definition

a function of power-law index, defined in equation (3.23) (Chapters 3 and 4)

angular position around the cable. 4 is measured in the clockwise sense looking along the cable in the direction of motion, and 4) = 0 corresponds to the lowest point of the cable as it emerged from the crosshead

cylindrical shell coordinate shown in Figure 6.8 (Section 6.4)

a functional obtained by integration over the solution domain

contribution of a typical element to x

changes of curvature of a cylindrical shell in axial plane and in a plane perpendicular to the axis, respectively

twist of a cylindrical shell

stream function

nodal point values of stream function

stream function value along inner boundary (Section 6.3)

stream function value along outer lower boundary (Section 6.3)

stream function value along outer upper boundary (Section 6.3)

xxcb

11)

wk

%lb

*oub

w over-relaxation factor

` opt optimum over-relaxation factor

Page 307: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

300 -

Abbreviations

AEI Associated Electrical Industries

FD finite difference

FE finite element

FEM finite element method

IEC Industrial Engineering and Chemistry

LDPE low density polyethylene

XLPE crosslinking polyethylene

Page 308: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 301 -

REFERENCES

ANDERSSON, P. & BACKSTROM, G. (1973)

"Pressure dependence of the thermal conductivity, thermal diffusivity,

and specific heat of polyethylene",

J. AppZ. Phys., Vol. 44, No. 6, p. 2601.

ARIS, R. (1962)

Vectors, Tensors and the Basic Equations of Fluid Mechanics,

Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

ATKINSON, B. & CARD, C.C.H. (1967)

"Numerical solution of entrance-region problems in fluid mechanics",

I. Chem. E. Symposium Series, No. 23, p. 146.

ATKINSON, B., BROCKLEBANK, M.P., CARD, C.C.H. & SMITH, J.M. (1969)

"Low Reynolds number developing flows",

A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 548-553.

ATKINSON, B., CARD, C.C.H. & IRONS, B.M. (1970)

"Application of the finite element method to creeping flow problems",

Trans. Instn. Chem. Engrs, Vol. 48, Nos. 7-10, pp. 276-284.

BAGLEY, E.B. (1957)

"End corrections in the capillary flow of polyethylene",

J. AppZ. Phys., Vol. 28, No. 5, p. 624.

BAGLEY, E.B. & STOREY, S.H. (1963)

"Shear rates and velocities of flow of polymers in wire covering dies",

Wire & Wire Prod., Vol. 38, No. 8, p. 1104, p. 1163.

BAGLEY, E.B., STOREY, S.H. & WEST, D.C. (1963) .

"Post extrusion swelling of polyethylene",

J. appZ. Polym. Sci., Vol. 7, Nos. 5-6, p. 1661.

Page 309: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 302 -

BALLMAN, R.L. (1963)

"Polymer flow irregularities",

J. apps. Polym. Sci., Vol. 7, No. 4, p. S27.

BATCHELOR, J., BERRY, J.P. & HORSFALL, F. (1969)

"Die swell of elastic and inelastic fluids",

BSR Conf., Glasgow, Vol. 12, p. 139.

BEER, F.P. & JOHNSTON, E.R. (1976)

Mechanics for Engineers; Statics,

McGraw-Hill, 3rd edition.

BENBOW, J.J. & LAMB, P. (1963)

"New aspects of melt. fracture",

SPE Trans., Vol. 3, p. 7.

BENIS, A.M. (1967)

"Laminar flow of power-law fluids through narrow three-dimensional

channels of varying gap",

Chem. Eng. Sci., Vol. 22, pp. 805-822.

BERNHARDT, E.C. (1974)

Properties of Thermoplastic Materials,

Robert E. Krieger, New York, Reprint.

BIL', V.S. & AVTOKRATOVA, N.D. (1966)

"Temperature dependence of thermal conductivity and thermal diffusivity

in some polymeric materials",

Soviet Plast., Vol. 10, p. 43.

BIRD, R.B. (1955)

"Viscous heat effects in extrusion of molten plastics",

SPE Ji., Vol. 11, No. 7, pp. 35-40, 53-54.

Page 310: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-303-

BRINKMAN, H.C. (1951)

"Heat effects in capillary flow",

Appl. sci. Res., Vol. A2, pp. 120-124.

BRYDSON, J.A. (1970)

Flow Properties of Polymer Melts,

Iliffe, London.

CASWELL, B. & TANNER, R.I. (1978)

"Wirecoating die design using finite element methods",

Polym. Eng. Sci., Vol. 18, No. 5, p. 416.

COX, H.W. & MACOSCO, C.W. (1974)

"Viscous dissipation in die flows",

A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Vol. 20, No. 4, p. 785.

DUVDEVANI, I.J. & KLEIN, I. (1967)

"Analysis of polymer melt flow in capillaries including pressure

effects",

SPE Jl., Vol. 23, No. 12, p. 41.

DYER, D.F. (1969)

"A numerical solution for the single screw extrusion of a polymer

melt",

A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Vol. 15, No. 6, pp. 823-828.

EIRICH, F.R., ed. (1960)

Rheology: Theory and Applications,

Academic Press, 4 volumes.

FENNER, R.T. (1970)

Extruder Screw Design,

Iliffe, London.

Page 311: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-304-

FENNER, R.T. (1974)

Computing for Engineers,

Macmillan, London

FENNER, R.T. (1974)

"Designing extruder screws and dies with the aid of computers",

Plastics & Polymers, p. 114.

FENNER, R.T. (1975)

Finite Element Methods for Engineers,

Macmillan, London.

FENNER, R.T. (1977)

"Developments in the analysis of steady screw extrusion of polymers",.

Polymer, Vol. 18, p. 617.

FENNER, R.T. & NADIRI, F. (1978)

"Finite element analysis of polymer melt flow in cable-covering

crossheads",

Polym. Eng. Sci., accepted for publication.

FENNER, R.T. & WILLIAMS, J.G. (1967)

"Analytical methods of wire-coating die design",

Trans. Plast. Inst., Vol. 35, No. 119, p. 701.

FERRARI, A.G. (1964)

"Extrusion die design to reduce melt fracture",

Wire &Wire Prod., Vol. 39, No. 7, p. 1036, p. 1068.

FISHER, E.G. (1976)

Extrusion of Plastics,

Newnes-Butterworths, London, 3rd edition.

FORSYTH, T.H. & MURPHY, N.F. (1969)

"Temperature profiles of molten flowing polymers in a heat exchanger",

A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Vol. 15, No. 5, p. 758.

Page 312: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 305 -

FREDRICKSON, A.G. (1964)

Theory and Applications of Rheology,

Prentice-Hall, New Jersey.

FREDRICKSON, A.G. & BIRD, R.B. (1958)

"Non-Newtonian flow in annuli",

Indust. Engng. Chem., Vol. 50, No. 3, p. 347.

GERRARD, J.E. & PHILIPPOFF, W. (1965)

"Viscous heating and capillary flow",

4th Int. Cong. Rheol., Part 2, p. 77.

GRIFF, A.L. (1962)

Plastics Extrusion Technology,

Reinhold, New York.

GRISKEY, R.G., CHOI, M.H. & SISKOVIC, N. (1973)

"Heat transfer to flowing thermally softened polymers",

Polym. Eng. Sei., Vol. 13, No. 4, p. 287..

GUTFINGER, C., BROYER, E. & TADMOR, Z. (1974)

"Analysis of a crosshead die with the flow analysis network (FAN)

method",

SPE 32nd ANTEC, pp. 339-343.

HAMI, M.L.' (1977)

"Finite element solutions for flow in the metering section of a single

screw extruder",

Ph.D. Thesis, University of Wales.

HAMMOND, L.R. (1960)

"The design of dies for high-speed wire coating",

Wire & Wire Prod., Vol. 35, No. 6, p. 725, p. 783.

Page 313: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 306 -

HELLWEGE, K.-H., KNAPPE, W., PAUL, F. & SEMJONOW, V. (1967)

"Pressure dependence of the viscosity of some polystyrene melts",

Rheol. Acta, Vol. 6, No. 2, p. 165.

HOWELLS, E.R. & BENBOW, J.J. (1962)

"Flow defects in polymer melts",

Trans. Plast. Inst., Vol. 30, No. 88, p. 240.

ITO, K. (1974)

"Designing crosshead dies",

Japan Plastics, p. 21.

JACOBI, H.R. (1963).

Screw Extrusion of Plastics

Iliffe, London.

KANAVETS, I.F. & BATALOVA, L.G. (1965)

"Thermal expansion and compressibility of thermoplastics",

Soviet Plast., Vol. 9, p. 52.

LUPTON, J.M. & REGESTER, J.W. (1965)

"Melt flow of polyethylene at high rates",

Polym. Eng. Sci., Vol. 5, p. 235.

MARTIN, B. (1967)

"Some analytical solutions for viscometric flows of power-law fluids

with heat generation and temperature dependent viscosity",

Int. J. Non—Linear Mech., Vol. 2, p. 285.

MARTIN, B. (1969)

"Numerical studies of steady state extrusion processes",

Ph.D. Thesis, University of Cambridge.

MAXWELL, B. & JUNG, A. (1957)

"Hydrostatic pressure effect on polymer melt viscosity",

Mod. Plast., Vol. 35, No. 3, p. 174, 178, 180, 182, 276.

Page 314: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 307 -

McKELVEY, J.M. (1962)

Polymer Processing,

John Wiley, New York.

METZGER, A.P. & KNOX, J.R. (1965)

"The effect of pressure losses in the barrel on capillary flow

measurements",

Trans. Soc. Rheol., Vol. 9, No. 1, p. 13.

METZGER, A.P. & MATLACK, J.D. (1968)

"Comparative swelling behaviour of various thermoplastic polymers",

PoZym. Eng. Sci., Vol. 8, p. 110. MIDDLEMAN, S. (1977)

Fundamentals of Polymer Processing,

McGraw-Hill.

NADIRI, F. & FENNER, R.T. (1978)

"Performance of extrusion crossheads in multi-layer cable covering",

Submitted for publication

NEBRENSKY, J., PITTMAN, J.F.T. & SMITH, J.M. (1973)

"Flow and heat transfer in screw extruders: A variational analysis

applied in helical coordinates",

Polym. Eng. Sei., Vol. 13, No. 3, p. 209. PALIT, K. (1972)

"Melt flow in polymer processing equipment",

Ph.D. Thesis, University of London.

PALIT, K. & FENNER, R.T. (1972)

"Finite element analysis of slow non-Newtonian channel flow",

A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Vol. 18, No. 3, p. 628.

Page 315: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 308 -

PALIT, K. & FENNER, R.T. (1972)

"Finite element analysis of two-dimensional slow non-Newtonian flows",

A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Vol. 18, No. 6, p. 1163.

PEARSON, J.R.A. (1962)

"Non-Newtonian flow and die design: I General principles and

specifications of flow properties; II Flow in narrow channels of

pseudoplastic fluids",

Trans. Plast. Inst., Vol. 30, No. 88, p. 230.

PEARSON, J.R.A. (1963)

"Non-Newtonian flow and die design: III A crosshead die design",

Trans. Plast. Inst., Vol. 31, No. 95, p. 125.

PEARSON, J.R.A. (1964)

"Non-Newtonian flow and die design: IV Flat-film die design",

Trans. Plast. Inst., Vol. 32,1 No. 99, p. 239.

PEARSON, J.R.A. (1966)

Mechanical Principles of Polymer Melt Processing,

Pergamon Press, Oxford.

PEARSON, J.R.A. (1967)

"The lubrication approximation applied to non-Newtonian flow

problems: A perturbation approach",

Proc. of Symposium on Solution of Non-Linear Partial Differential

Equations (ed. W.F. Ames), Academic Press, New York, p. 73.

PEARSON, J.R.A. (1972)

"Heat transfer effects in flowing polymers",

in Progress in Heat and Mass Transfer (eds. W.R. Schowalter et al

Pergamon Press, New York, Vol. 5, p. 73.

Page 316: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 309 -

PETRIE, C.J.S. & DENN, M.P. (1976)

"Instabilities in polymer processing",

A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Vol. 22, p. 209.

PORTER, R.S. & JOHNSON, J.F. (1966)

"Temperature dependence of polymer viscosity: The influence of shear

rate and stress",

J. appZ. PoZym. Sci. C., Vol. 15, No . 365. RABINOWITSCH, B. (1929)

Z. phys. Chem., Vol. 145A,

RAM, A. & NARKIS, M. (1966)

"Role of capillary end correction in flow analysis of molten

polyethylene",

J. appZ. Polym. Sci., Vol. 10, No. 3, p. 361.

RENFREW, A. & MORGAN, P. (1960)

Polythene,

Iliffe, London.

SCHENKEL, G. (1966)

Plastics Extrusion Technology and Theory,

Iliffe, London.

SCHREIBER, H.P. (1966)

"Cause and effect in time-dependent flow of thermoplastic melts - A

review",

PoZym. Eng. Sci., Vol. 6, No. 4, p. 317.

SEMJONOW, V. (1965)

"Pressure dependence of the viscosity of some polyolefin melts",

Rheol. Acta, Vol. 4, No. 2, p. 133.

Page 317: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 310 -

SERRIN, J. (1959)

"The derivation of stress-deformation relations for a Stokesian fluid",

J. Math. Mech., Vol. 8, No. 4, p. 459.

SMITH, G.D. (1975)

Numerical Solution of Partial Differential equations,

Oxford University Press, Oxford.

TADMOR, Z. & BIRD, R.B. (1974)

"Rheological analysis of stabilising forces in wire coating dies",

PoZym. Eng. Sci., Vol. 14, No. 2, p. 124.

TADMOR, Z., BROYER, E. & GUTFINGER, C. (1974)

"Flow analysis network (FAN) - A method for solving flow problems in

polymer processing",

PoZym. Eng. Sci., Vol. 14, No. 9, p. 660.

TADMOR, Z. & KLEIN, I. (1970)

Principles of Plasticating Extrusion,

Reinhold.

TAY, A.O. & DAVIS, G.D.V. (1971)

"Application of the finite element method to convection heat transfer

between parallel planes",

Int. J. Heat & Mass Transfer, Vol. 14, No. 8, pp. 1057-1069.

TIMOSHENKO, S. & WOINOWSKY-KRIEGER, S. (1959)

Theory of Plates and Shells,

McGraw-Hill, New York.

VAN KREVELEN, D.W. (1972)

Properties of Polymers,

Elsevier, Amsterdam.

Page 318: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 311 -

VAN WAZER, J.A., LYONS, J.W., KIM, K.Y. & COLWELL, R.E. (1963)

Viscosity and Flow Measurement,

Interscience, New York.

VARGA, R.S. (1962)

Matrix Iterative Analysis,

Prentice-Hall.

VLACHOPOULOS, J. & KEUNG, C.K.J. (1972)

"Heat transfer to a power-law fluid flowing between parallel plates",

A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Vol. 18, No. 6, p. 1272.

WALTERS, K. (1975)

Rheometry,

Chapman and Hall, London.

WESTOVER, R.F. (1960)

"Effect of hydrostatic pressure on polyethylene melt rheology",

SPE ANTEC Conf., Vol. 7, Paper No. 80.

WESTOVER, R.F. (1966)

"The significance of slip in polymer melt flow";

Polym. Eng. Sci., Vol. 6, p. 83.

WINTER, H.H. (1971)

"The unsteady temperature field in plane Couette flow",

Int. J. Heat & Mass Transfer, Vol. 14, p. 1203.

WINTER, H.H. (1975)

"Temperature fields in extruder dies with circular, annular, or slit

cross-section",

Poly. Eng. Sci., Vol. 15, No. 2, p. 84.

YATES, 8. (1968)

"Temperature development in single screw extruders",

Ph.D. Thesis, University of Cambridge.

Page 319: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-312-

ZIENKIEJICZ, O.C. (1971)

The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science,

McGraw-Hill, London.

Page 320: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS OF POLYMER MELT FLOW

IN CABLE-COVERING CROSSHEADS.

by

R.T. Fenner and F. Nadiri

(Mechanical Engineering Department, Imperial College of Science and Technology, London SW7 2BX, UK)

Abstract

A finite element method is presented for the analysis of isothermal non-

Newtonian polymer melt flow in narrow channels of complex shape. The

particular application considered is flow in cable-covering crossheads. The

geometric flexibility of the finite element method allows a mesh of triangular

elements to be constructed to suit the shape of the flow channel. Computed

results obtainable from the analysis include the distribution of polymer layer

thickness on the finished cable, together with the extrusion pressure required

to maintain a given flow rate of melt. Some typical thickness distribution

results are presented as an introduction to experimental verification of the

method and its application to crosshead design.

Page 321: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 2 -

INTRODUCTION

In many types of processing equipment, molten polymers are required to flow

along channels of complex shape. Such melt flows tend to be difficult or

impossible to analyse satisfactorily by simple methods, and successful channel

designs are often developed by slow and expensive trial-and-error methods.

Finite element methods of analysis can be profitably applied to many such

problems to assist in the design process. For example, a method similar to the

one described here has been successfully used to analyse melt flow in pipe

dies (1) .

The particular problem to be considered is that of flow in crossheads used

in the covering of high-voltage electrical cables. It is not uncommon for a

single head unit to be used to apply two or three layers of different materials.

during one pass of the conductor. For example, in the trials used to test the

present method of analysis, three layers were applied to a tape-covered stranded

copper conductor. The thin inner and outer layers, which served as screens,

were of the same material supplied by one screw extruder. The much thicker

intermediate layer, which provided the required electrical insulation was of

another material supplied by a second machine. The two extruders were

connected to opposite sides of the head with their screw axes at right angles

to the direction of motion of the conductor through the head. For each layer,

the problem is therefore to design a system of flow channels which accepts a

side-fed supply of melt and distributes it into a tube of uniform thickness

which is then extruded as part of the cable.

Figure 1 shows one commonly used form of arrangement for attempting to

achieve the desired uniformity. A narrow radial gap between concentric

cylindrical and conical surfaces, the outer members of which have been removed

for illustration purposes, serves to distribute the melt. As the melt tends

to take the shortest path from the inlet to the channel exit, this path is

Page 322: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

deliberately blocked by a heart-shaped area which fills the radial gap and

forces the melt flow to follow longer paths of more uniform length. The

cylindrical portion of the component shown is known as the deflector, while the

subsequent conically tapered portion is termed the point. Channel geometry, and

therefore the flow, are intended to be symmetrical about the centre line of the

heart-shaped blockage.

Figure 2 shows the shape of one half of the flow channel plotted on the

z,A plane, z being the axial coordinate and 6 the angular coordinate measured

from the line of symmetry through the flow inlet. The region bounded by points

A, B, C and D is on the deflector, while that bounded by C, D, E and F is on the

point, as indicated in Figure 1. Also shown in the flow channel are some

triangular finite elements which are discussed later. Clearly, flow paths

between the inlet boundary AB and outlet EF are of reasonably uniform length.

It should be noted that the channel depth is often reduced by tapering in the

axial direction in both the deflector and point regions. Indeed, in the

deflector region, the channel depth may also be varied in the circumferential

direction to improve the flow distribution.

Uniformity of screen and insulation thicknesses in the finished cable is of

considerable commercial importance. In order to satisfy electrical

performance criteria, each layer of polymer must be of a prescribed minimum

thickness. If the actual thickness varies significantly around the

circumference of the cable, excess material will be contained in the thicker

parts of the layer. A rational method for designing deflector flow channels is

therefore highly desirable. In this paper, the formulation of the finite

element method of analysis is presented. Details of some experimental

verifications of the method and its application to the design of crossheads will

be published separately.

Page 323: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

— 4

ANALYSIS OF NARROW CHANNEL FLOW

Provided a channel containing a flowing melt can be described as narrow,

the analysis of the flow may be treated in a relatively simple manner. A

narrow channel is one in which one of the channel dimensions, normal to the

direction of flow, is small compared to the other two dimensions, and only

varies slowly over the region of interest. In the present context of cable-

covering crossheads, the radial depth of the channel is small compared to its

axial and circumferential dimensions, and only varies slowly in these directions.

Figure 3a shows a typical axial cross-section through the flow channel.

The channel depth, h, is small, such that:

h « r , h «

r and L being the mean radius and overall axial length, respectively, and h is

subject to only small local variations:

ah az 1 (2)

Pearson (2,3,4) has shown that such conditions are necessary for the lubrication

approximation to be applicable, which means that the flow can be treated as

locally fully developed between flat parallel surfaces. As far as channel

taper is concerned, Benis (5) showed that the lubrication approximation holds

for taper angles up to about 100. Neglecting melt inertia and elastic effects

(4), the only effect likely to invalidate the lubrication approximation is that

due to thermal convection. For present purposes, however, the flow is assumed

to be isothermal in the sense that any temperature variations within the flow

do not affect velocity profiles. Justification for this assumption is provided

in the next section.

Page 324: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

The analysis which follows is similar to that originally presented by

Pearson (2), extended to allow for conical channel geometry. At a particular

point in the flow channel, the local velocity profile is of the form shown in

Figure 3b. Let this resultant profile be in the direction s, which in general

is neither axial nor circumferential, and let v(y) be the velocity. The local

radial coordinate, y, is measured from the mid-surface of the channel, itself a

distance r from the axis. If V is the local mean velocity and Qs is the

volumetric flow rate per unit width normal to the s-direction, then:

• +zh

Qs = I vdy = h -Zh

(3)

The form of the velocity profile depends on the non-Newtonian viscous

properties of the melt concerned. For practical purposes, a power-law

constitutive equation relating shear stress, T, to shear rate, y, is generally.

the most useful (6):

uo I 0

I n-1

(4)

where n is the power-law index and the reference viscosity at the processing

temperature and reference shear rate, yo. Such a relationship provides a good

fit of rheological data over comparatively wide ranges of shear rate. Given

the constitutive equation, the relationship between flow rate and pressure

gradient in the s-direction may be derived (6) as:

2s Qs

h3

where: =

1 ( 2n in 2 n+1 '2n + 1'

u is the viscosity at the mean shear rate, V/h:

Page 325: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 6 -

11 = ( Qs ) n-1 h2 yo

(7)

Figure 3c shows a typical small portion of the flow channel inclined at an

angle a to the axis of the conductor. Let x be the coordinate along the channel

in the axial plane, and let Qx and Qe be the volumetric flow rates in the x and

circumferential directions, per unit length in the circumferential and x

directions, respectively. Conservation of mass in incompressible steady flow

requires that: aQ

ex Cr Qx). f 6 0 (8)

This equation is automatically satisfied by the following stream function, 4):

r Qx =ae

Now, using equations (5) to (7), the pressure gradients in the x and 0 directions

are given by:

_ Qx u .~ = rQe u. ax h3 ae h3

where the resultant flow rate used in evaluating u is given by:

,-2 = x 2 + Q

e2

From the fact that the pressure, p, must satisfy the mathematical identity:

ae ( ) - ax ( ) = 0

30

ae

(9)

(10)

(12)

can be derived the result:

Page 326: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

7 -

a ( u a.(p) + a (r u 31p) ae r h3 ae 3x h3 ax

(13)

The most convenient coordinates to use for the analysis of a complete flow

channel are z and 8 rather than x and e. As z = x cos a, equations (13) and

(11) become:

a ( u ) + cos a (r u cos a arm') = 0 (14)

ae r h3 ae az h3 az

Qs 2 = (r 30 ) 2 + (cos (15)

Page 327: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

THE ISOTHERMAL FLOW ASSUMPTION

An initial assumption of the above analysis of narrow channel flow is that

the flow is isothermal. That is, that any temperature variations within the

flow, due to either the dissipation of mechanical energy or to heat conduction

at the flow boundaries, have negligible effects on the viscous properties of the

melt. In order to confirm the validity of this assumption, it is appropriate

to consider a somewhat simplified form of the actual melt flow in the crosshead.

Figure 4 shows a flow channel formed by two flat parallel stationary surfaces a

distance h apart. Melt is admitted to the channel at, say, a constant

temperature T1, and the flow boundaries are maintained at temperature Tb. If

the volumetric flow rate is maintained at Q per unit width normal to the plane

shown, the main interest lies in the magnitudes of the temperature changes in

the melt as it moves a distance L along the channel.

Let x and y be Cartesian coordinates as shown in Figure 4, and let u be the .

melt velocity in the x direction. Suppose that, in addition to being a power-

law function of shear rate as indicated by equation (4), melt viscosity is also

an exponential function of the local temperature, T(x,y), such that (3,6):

po = p' exp (- b (T - T')) (16)

where b is the temperature coefficient of viscosity, and uō is the value of the

reference viscosity at reference temperature T'. The energy equation governing

heat transfer, and therefore temperature, can then be written in the following

dimensionless form:

714-1 Gz U aX -

a2T* 4-

aY G ll exp (- T*) (17)

8Yz

X and Y are dimensionless coordinates:

Page 328: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

X = x/L , Y = y/h (18)

U is dimensionless velocity:

= u/V (19) '

where V is the mean velocity Q/h, and T* is a dimensionless temperature defined

as:

= b (T — T1) (20)

The parameters Gz and G are, respectively, the Graetz number and Griffith

number for the flow (7):

Gz p

p V h2

kL

bTYh2 = k

where p, C and k are melt density, specific heat and thermal conductivity,

respectively. y is the mean shear rate, V/h, and T is the mean shear stress

defined at shear rate y and temperature T1. The Graetz number expresses the

relative importance of thermal conduction through the depth of the channel and

convection in the direction of flow. On the other hand, the Griffith number

determines whether heat generation causes temperature changes within the flow

large enough to alter the velocity profiles. The flow can only be described as

isothermal if G « 1.

In order to solve equation (17), both the distribution of velocity U and

the boundary conditions are required. The former is readily determined and the

latter are given by:

(21)

(22)

Page 329: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 10 -

T* = 0 at X = 0 = G/Br at Y = ± z (23)

where Br is a Brinkman number for the flow:

Br .7-;17- 7 z2

k (Tb - T1 ) (24)

which expresses the relative importance of heat generation and heat conducted

from the boundaries in changing melt temperatures.

Taking typical channel dimensions, operating conditions and material

properties for melt flow in cable-covering crossheads, the values of the

dimensionless parameters are found to be of the following orders of magnitude:

Gz = 20 , G = 0.1 , Br > 1

While the magnitude of Gz implies that the heat transfer within the flow is

dominated by thermal convection, the size of G ensures that the resulting

temperature changes have only small effects on the velocity profiles, and the

isothermal flow assumption is valid. This conclusion is confirmed by detailed

computations of developing temperature and velocity profiles which show that,

for example, overall pressure drops are within one per cent of the values

computed for isothermal flows.

Page 330: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

APPLICATION OF A. FINITE ELEMENT METHOD

Although finite element methods were originally developed for digital

computer use in the stress analysis of solid structures and components (8),

they have also been applied to fluid mechanics and heat transfer problems,

including the slow non-Newtonian flows encountered in polymer processing

operations (9,10). Tadmor et al (11) have already proposed a "Flow Analysis

Network" technique which is a simple form of finite element method applicable

to narrow channel flows. While the method described here is specifically

designed to solve the cable-covering crosshead problem governed by equation (14),

the same approach is applicable to other narrow channel flows, and indeed to

other problems governed by mathematically similar equations.

Figure 2 shows one half of the complete solution domain in the (z,8) plane

divided into triangular finite elements. Although the straight-sided elements

cannot follow the curved boundaries AC and BD exactly, with a reasonable number

of elements the maximum deviations are acceptably small. It should be noted

that the number of elements across the width of the flow is constant, which

means that the elements near the narrow inlet boundary AB are much smaller than

those near the deflector and point outlets, CD and EF, respectively. It is the

ability to fit complex geometric boundary shapes and to allow varying densities

of elements within the solution domain that makes finite element methods

attractive. Palit & Fenner (9) have compared and contrasted finite element and

finite difference methods for problems of the present type, and discussed the

advantages of using simple triangular elements for non-Newtonian flow problems.

In order to formulate a finite element method to solve equation (14), the

fact that it is of the quasi-harmonic type (12) should first be noted. A

method similar to that described by Palit & Fenner (9) is therefore appropriate.

A variational approach can be used to solve the governing partial differential

equation by seeking a stationary value for a functional x which is defined by an

Page 331: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 12 -

appropriate integration of the unknowns over the solution domain. Following a

derivation similar to that given by Fenner (12), it can be shown that the

required stationary condition is obtained when:

= f j {2 T a (atP)2 ~ r p cost a a (aw)2T do dz = C an r h3 an ao z h3 an az (25)

holds for all of the unknowns, n, required to be found. In the present method,

the values of stream function, *, at the corners or nodes of all the triangular

elements are chosen as the unknowns. The only restriction on the validity of

equation (25) is that on the boundaries either the value of 4' must be prescribed,

or its first derivative with respect to distance normal to the boundary must be

zero (12). This restriction is satisfied in the present problem which is

subject to the following boundary conditions:

iy = 0 on BDF , $ = 1 on ACE

aDIP = 0 -a-1-on AB. , = 0 on EF

Figure 5 shows a typical triangular element, numbered m, in the solution

domain. It has nodes at its corners numbered i, j and k and dimensions as

shown. Local coordinates z' and 0' are parallel to z and 0 but have their

origin at node i. Assuming a linear distribution of stream function over the

element:

11)(z 1,0') = C1 + C2 z' + C3 0'

where C1, C2 and C3 can be found in terms of the nodal point values of stream

function, 4'i, 4j and 4'k, as follows:

(26)

(27)

Page 332: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 13 -

[c2 - z [ C - 2Am 3

2pm [B] [al m (28).

where Am is the area of the element in the (z,8) plane:

= z (ak bj - aj bk) (29)

and [B] is a matrix of element dimensions:

[B] = bi b j bk

ai a. a k

(30)

Now, because the inter-element boundaries make no contribution to the

integral expressed in equation (25):

aX aX(m) - 3n an mt

0 (31)

where x(m)is the contribution of typical element m to the total value of X.

With the linear distribution of i over the element given by equation (27), the

following approximation may be used:

a (m) r ū DC 2 ū aC3} X = 8 { cos a C t + C an m 3

C2 an r h3 3

an

(32)

where r and h are the mean values of radius and channel depth over the element.

In practice, the variations of r and h over an element are. sufficiently small

for mean values to be used for the present purpose. While the angle a also

Page 333: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-14-

varies along the flow channel, the mesh is chosen such that the slope of the

channel is constant over any one element.

The derivatives of X(m) with respect to the three nodal point values of 4

associated with element m may therefore be expressed as:

aX (m) DC' 2 DC 3_

CB,jT [B'] CSi (33)

31P2

DX (m)

a,Pi

DC' 2

a~,2 3C3

at,j

aX (m)

h3 aip

aC2

a,P. aC3

4am r h3 m

a'Pk a*k

where C2 = r cos a C2:

b2 r cos a b~ r cos a bk r cos a

a. a. ak.

and the superscript T indicates a matrix transposition. Combining equations

(31) and (33):

u _ [B'JT [B] [ ]m = [A.] CS, = [a] m 4A rh3

(35)

where [S] is a vector containing the stream function values for all the nodal

points in the mesh. Square matrix [4], which in the finite element method

context is often referred to as the overall stiffness matrix, contains

coefficients assembled from the properties and dimensions of the individual

elements (12).

Before equations (35) can be solved for the unknown values of , the

boundary conditions defined by equations (26) must be imposed by appropriately

modifying equations associated with boundary nodes at which the value of i is

(34)

Page 334: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

( Zl n-1

u = C2 + C3 )

u

(27) :

(36).

- 15 -

prescribed. The equations are not linear because the element mean viscosities,

p, are dependent upon the local gradients of 1i. Using equations (7), (15) and

The method of solution used is that described by Palit & Fenner (9) in which the

iterative successive over-relaxation approach is employed. The equations are

first linearised by assuming suitable constant values for the element viscosities,

a few iterations are then performed to estimate the nodal point values of stream

function. Using these values to update the viscosities, the process is repeated

until satisfactory convergence is achieved.

Having computed the stream function distribution over the solution domain

in terms of values at the nodal points of the mesh, other results may be

derived as required. For example, the pressure distribution and hence the

overall pressure difference between flow inlet and outlet may be computed as

follows. For each element, the mean pressure gradients in the a and 6

directions can be found with the aid of equations (10), (9) and (27) as:

ap - _ u C3 ap r - u cos a C 8 z - (I) 7 3 r cos a ' @6 3 z (37)

where C2 and C3 can be found from the nodal point stream function values using

equations (28). The pressure gradients at the nodal points may then be found

by averaging over the values of the gradients associated with the elements having

a particular point as a node. Therefore, working from a known pressure at

either the inlet or outlet boundary, pressures at all the nodes can be computed

by integrating numerically along lines of nodes joining the inlet and outlet

boundaries.

The flow rate of molten polymer passing the outlet boundary between any

Page 335: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-16-

adjacent pair of nodal points is equal to the difference between the stream

function values at these points, Ai. Assuming that there is no subsequent

circumferential redistribution of material, the corresponding thickness of the

polymer layer on the finished cable will be proportional to AVA8, where AO is

the difference in 0 coordinate between the two nodes. Hence, the ratio of

local to mean thickness can be computed as a function of angular position around

the cable. Given the cable speed and the total flow rate of polymer forming a

particular layer, its mean thickness can also be determined if required.

Page 336: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-17-

TYPICAL PROBLEM AND RESULTS

In order to illustrate the application of the method of analysis to a

typical problem, the deflector and point profile shown in Figure 2 is

considered. The main dimensions (Figure 3) are Ld = 170 mm, Lp = 82 mm,

r (deflector region) = 45 mm, a (point region) = 23.5°. The channel depth,

h, decreases with axial position along the deflector from 6.2 mm at inlet to

3.4 mm, and over the point changes to 9.4 mm at outlet. Across-linking low

density polyethylene having n = 0.39 and uo

= 2.26 x 104 Ns/m2 at yo = 1 s-1 is

processed at a temperature of 120°C, and is supplied at a rate of

10.7 x 10-6 m3/s to each half of the deflector.

Two solution domains are considered, firstly just the deflector region BDCA

(Figure 2), and then the whole region BDFECA, the same constant pressure

condition being used on the outlet boundary in each case. The purpose of

treating these two domains is to compare the melt thickness distribution

obtained using the deflector alone with that achieved when the point region is

added. A finite element mesh of the form shown in Figure 2 is used. The

actual number of nodes employed along AB, CD and EF is 13, along AC and BD also

13, but along CE and DF only 6 are necessary. These numbers are chosen as a

result of a compromise between accuracy and cost of computation. Further

refinement of the mesh causes only insignificant changes in the final results.

Figure 6 shows the predicted dimensionless thickness distributions of the

polymer layer on the finished cable. Clearly, the deflector alone gives a poor.

thickness distribution, but the addition of the point region results in a

considerable improvement. This is because the flow channel dimensions are such

that the pressure drop over the point is substantially greater than that over

the deflector. Therefore, the axial symmetry of the tapered point region

dominates the lack of symmetry associated with the deflector to give a reasonably

acceptable thickness distribution. There is, however, scope for improving the

Page 337: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 18 -

design of the deflector. Adaptation of the finite element methods of analysis

for this purpose will be described in another paper. Experimental verification

of predicted thickness distributions of the present type will also be presented,

together with comparisons of computed and measured overall pressure differences.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors wish to thank AEI Cables Limited, both for their financial

support of the work described and for their practical advice and many helpful

suggestions. In particular, it has been a great pleasure to work with

Messrs E.T. Lloyd, L.M. Sloman and F.T. White.

Page 338: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 19 -

NOMENCLATURE

[A] overall "stiffness" matrix

ai, a, ak element dimensions (Figure 5)

[B] element dimension matrix

[B'] : modified element dimension matrix

b temperature coefficient of viscosity

bi, b, bk . element dimensions (Figure 5)

Br Brinkman number

C1, C2, C3 constants in stream function distribution (equation (27))

C2 r cos a C2

Cp . melt specific heat

G Griffith number

Gz Graetz number

h : depth of flow channel

h . mean channel depth over an element

i, j, k subscripts referencing nodal points'

k melt thermal conductivity

L . length of flow channel

Ld axial length of the deflector

Lp . axial length of the point

m subscript or superscript referencing element number

n power-law index

p . pressure

Q

: volumetric flow rate per unit width of channel

Qs, Qx' Q0 . volumetric flow rates per unit width, in the s, x and 0 directions

r mean distance of flow channel from axis

mean value of r over an element

s resultant direction of flow

Page 339: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

a

Y

-20-

T . melt temperature

T,

: melt temperature at inlet

Tb : boundary temperature

T* dimensionless melt temperature

T' : reference temperature for viscosity determination

U . dimensionless velocity in x-direction

velocity in x-direction

V local mean velocity in s-direction

V : velocity in s-direction

X, Y dimensionless coordinates along and normal to flow channel

x, y : coordinates along and normal to flow channel

z axial coordinate

z . local axial coordinate

inclination of flow channel to axis

shear rate

mean shear rate in flow channel

reference shear rate for viscosity determination

element area in (z,0) plane

overall vector of nodal point stream function values

element vector of nodal point stream function values

an unknown (nodal point stream function value)

0 angular coordinate

0` local angular coordinate

A0 . difference in angular coordinate between adjacent nodes

viscosity at mean shear rate

Po . reference viscosity (at reference shear rate)

Pc; viscosity at reference temperature T' 0

Page 340: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

- 21 -

p melt density

t . shear stress

. .shear stress at mean shear rate

a function of power-law index (equation (6))

X : a functional obtained by integration over the solution domain

(m) X : contribution of a typical element to x

stream function

4'i3, 1Pk • nodal point values of stream function

AI . difference in stream function values between adjacent nodal points

Page 341: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-22-

REFERENCES

1. R.T. Fenner, Plastics & Polymers, 42, 114 (1974).

2. J.R.A. Pearson, Trans. Plastics Inst., 30, 234 (1962).

3. J.R.A. Pearson, "Mechanical Principles of Polymer Melt Processing",

Pergamon Press, Oxford (1966).

4. J.R.A. Pearson, "The Lubrication Approximation Applied to Non-Newtonian

Flow Problems: A Perturbation Approach", Proceedings of the Symposium on

Solution of Non-Linear Partial Differential Equations. (ed. W.F. Ames).

Academic Press. New York. 73 (1967).

5. A.M. Renis. Chem. Eng. Sei.. 22. 805 (1967).

6. R.T. Fenner. "Extruder Screw Design", Iliffe. London (1970).

7. J.R.A. Pearson, "Heat Transfer Effects in Flowing Polymers", in "Progress

in Heat and Mass Transfer", (ed. W.R. Schowalter et al), Pergamon Press,

New York, 5, 73 (1972).

8. 0.C. Zienkiewicz, "The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science",

McGraw-Hill, London (1971).

9. K. Palit & R.T. Fenner, A.I.Ch.E.J., 18, 628 (1972).

10.. K. Palit &R.T. Fenner, A.I.Ch.E.J., 18, 1163 (1972).

11. Z. Tadmor, E. Broyer & C. Gutfinger, Polym. Eng. Sei., 14, 660 (1974).

12. R.T. Fenner, "Finite Element Methods for Engineers", Macmillan, London

(1975).

Page 342: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Figure Captions

Figure 1 : Typical deflector and point used inside a cable-covering crosshead

Figure 2 : One half of the flow channel plotted on the (z,(3) plane, showing a

mesh of triangular finite elements

Figure 3 : Flow channel geometry and coordinates:

(a) Typical axial cross-section

(b) Local velocity profile over the channel depth

(c) Typical inclined portion of the flow channel

Figure 4 Flow channel between flat parallel surfaces

Figure 5 Typical triangular finite element

Figure 6 : Computed final thickness distributions for deflector alone and

combined deflector and point

Page 343: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

Point

Melt in

Page 344: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

c E . ---~-.......-------,~----. - e = IT

8

A F z

--. ___ -----..:Il.--~-____ - 8 = 0

Z= 0 z=L.

Page 345: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

( b) yt h

h

\\\\\\1\\\\\\

(a)

17/ ////,

L

Wm-

FIG 3

Page 346: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

\\\\\T ( x + 2 h)-T b \\\\\\ 1

~ t

_ i \\\ \\\\\\ T (x , 2 h _) -T L

T (0,y)= T 1

FIG 4

Page 347: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

-a i i

bk

r

FIG 5

Page 348: POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT · POLYMER MELT FLOW IN CABLE COVERING EQUIPMENT by Fusun Nadiri ABSTRACT The objective of the work is to predict the behaviour of polymer

1.4

C 0 a) E 0.8

U)

C 0.6 U

jO•4

0.2 o Deflector only

o Deflector+ point

60 120 e o 180. 240 300 360 0

FIG 6


Recommended